6ebbf32ab038772dd6c0990b27df7acaf17ed4b2
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @defgroup Globalsettings Global settings
43 */
44
45 /**
46 * @cond file_level_code
47 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
48 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
49 */
50 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
51 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
52 die( 1 );
53 }
54
55 /** @endcond */
56
57 /**
58 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
59 * Not used for much in a default install.
60 * @since 1.5
61 */
62 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
63
64 /**
65 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
66 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
67 * callable.
68 * @since 1.23
69 */
70 $wgConfigRegistry = [
71 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
72 ];
73
74 /**
75 * MediaWiki version number
76 * @since 1.2
77 */
78 $wgVersion = '1.28.0-alpha';
79
80 /**
81 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
82 */
83 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
84
85 /**
86 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
87 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
88 * @var bool
89 * @since 1.26
90 */
91 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
92
93 /**
94 * URL of the server.
95 *
96 * @par Example:
97 * @code
98 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
99 * @endcode
100 *
101 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
102 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
103 * case, set this variable to fix it.
104 *
105 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
106 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
107 * to a fully qualified URL.
108 */
109 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
110
111 /**
112 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
113 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
114 *
115 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
116 * @since 1.18
117 */
118 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
119
120 /**
121 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
122 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
123 * @since 1.24
124 */
125 $wgServerName = false;
126
127 /************************************************************************//**
128 * @name Script path settings
129 * @{
130 */
131
132 /**
133 * The path we should point to.
134 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
135 *
136 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
137 *
138 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
139 * set in LocalSettings.php
140 */
141 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
142
143 /**
144 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
145 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
146 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
147 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
148 * problems on Apache as well.
149 *
150 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
151 *
152 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
153 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
154 *
155 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
156 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
157 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
158 * @since 1.2.1
159 */
160 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
161 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
162 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
163
164 /**
165 * The extension to append to script names by default.
166 *
167 * Some hosting providers used PHP 4 for *.php files, and PHP 5 for *.php5.
168 * This variable was provided to support those providers.
169 *
170 * @since 1.11
171 * @deprecated since 1.25; support for '.php5' has been phased out of MediaWiki
172 * proper. Backward-compatibility can be maintained by configuring your web
173 * server to rewrite URLs. See RELEASE-NOTES for details.
174 */
175 $wgScriptExtension = '.php';
176
177 /**@}*/
178
179 /************************************************************************//**
180 * @name URLs and file paths
181 *
182 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
183 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
184 *
185 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
186 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
187 *
188 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
189 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
190 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
191 *
192 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
193 *
194 * @{
195 */
196
197 /**
198 * The URL path to index.php.
199 *
200 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
201 */
202 $wgScript = false;
203
204 /**
205 * The URL path to load.php.
206 *
207 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
208 * @since 1.17
209 */
210 $wgLoadScript = false;
211
212 /**
213 * The URL path of the skins directory.
214 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
215 * @since 1.3
216 */
217 $wgStylePath = false;
218 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
219
220 /**
221 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
222 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
223 * @since 1.17
224 */
225 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
226
227 /**
228 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
229 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
230 * @since 1.16
231 */
232 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
233
234 /**
235 * Filesystem extensions directory.
236 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
237 * @since 1.25
238 */
239 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
240
241 /**
242 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
243 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
244 * @since 1.3
245 */
246 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
247
248 /**
249 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
250 * which is replaced by the article title.
251 *
252 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
253 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
254 */
255 $wgArticlePath = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path for the images directory.
259 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
260 */
261 $wgUploadPath = false;
262
263 /**
264 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
265 */
266 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
267
268 /**
269 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
270 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
271 */
272 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
273
274 /**
275 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
276 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
277 */
278 $wgLogo = false;
279
280 /**
281 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
282 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
283 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
284 *
285 * @par Example:
286 * @code
287 * $wgLogoHD = array(
288 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
289 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
290 * );
291 * @endcode
292 *
293 * @since 1.25
294 */
295 $wgLogoHD = false;
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
299 * @since 1.6
300 */
301 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
302
303 /**
304 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
305 * Defaults to no icon.
306 * @since 1.12
307 */
308 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
309
310 /**
311 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
312 * One of 'never', 'default', 'origin', 'always'. Setting it to false just
313 * prevents the meta tag from being output.
314 * See http://www.w3.org/TR/referrer-policy/ for details.
315 *
316 * @since 1.25
317 */
318 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
319
320 /**
321 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
322 * be web accessible.
323 *
324 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
325 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
326 * logic.
327 *
328 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
329 * variable.
330 *
331 * @see wfTempDir()
332 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
333 */
334 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
335
336 /**
337 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
338 * upload URL.
339 * @since 1.4
340 */
341 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
342
343 /**
344 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
345 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
346 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
347 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
348 * @since 1.17
349 */
350 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
351
352 /**
353 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
354 * plain page views, add to this array.
355 *
356 * @par Example:
357 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
358 * @code
359 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
360 * @endcode
361 *
362 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
363 * URLs.
364 * @since 1.5
365 */
366 $wgActionPaths = [];
367
368 /**@}*/
369
370 /************************************************************************//**
371 * @name Files and file uploads
372 * @{
373 */
374
375 /**
376 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
377 */
378 $wgEnableUploads = false;
379
380 /**
381 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
382 */
383 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
384
385 /**
386 * Allows to move images and other media files
387 */
388 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
389
390 /**
391 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
392 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
393 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
394 *
395 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
396 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
397 */
398 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
399
400 /**
401 * These are additional characters that should be replaced with '-' in filenames
402 */
403 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":";
404
405 /**
406 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
407 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
408 */
409 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
410
411 /**
412 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
413 */
414 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
415
416 /**
417 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
418 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
419 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
420 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
421 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
422 *
423 * Example:
424 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
425 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
426 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
427 *
428 * @see $wgFileBackends
429 */
430 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
431
432 /**
433 * File repository structures
434 *
435 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
436 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
437 * array of properties configuring the repository.
438 *
439 * Properties required for all repos:
440 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
441 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
442 * FSRepo is also supported for backwards compatibility.
443 *
444 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
445 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
446 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
447 *
448 * For most core repos:
449 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
450 * container : backend container name the zone is in
451 * directory : root path within container for the zone
452 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
453 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
454 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
455 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
456 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
457 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
458 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
459 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
460 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
461 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
462 * handler instead.
463 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
464 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
465 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
466 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
467 * - pathDisclosureProtection
468 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
469 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
470 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
471 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
472 * is 0644.
473 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
474 * some remote repos.
475 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
476 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
477 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
478 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
479 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
480 *
481 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
482 * for local repositories:
483 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
484 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
485 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
486 * - scriptExtension Script extension of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to
487 * $wgScriptExtension, e.g. ".php5". Defaults to ".php".
488 *
489 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
490 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
491 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
492 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
493 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
494 *
495 * ForeignDBRepo:
496 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
497 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
498 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
499 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
500 *
501 * ForeignAPIRepo:
502 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
503 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
504 *
505 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
506 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
507 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
508 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
509 * be searched after the local file repo.
510 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
511 *
512 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
513 */
514 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
515
516 /**
517 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
518 */
519 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
520
521 /**
522 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
523 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
524 * settings
525 */
526 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
527
528 /**
529 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
530 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
531 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
532 *
533 * Example:
534 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = array( 'shared' );
535 */
536 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [];
537
538 /**
539 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
540 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
541 *
542 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
543 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
544 *
545 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
546 */
547 $wgUploadDialog = [
548 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
549 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
550 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
551 'fields' => [
552 'description' => true,
553 'date' => false,
554 'categories' => false,
555 ],
556 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
557 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
558 'licensemessages' => [
559 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
560 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
561 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
562 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
563 'local' => 'generic-local',
564 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
565 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
566 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
567 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
568 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
569 ],
570 // Upload comment to use. Available replacements:
571 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
572 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
573 'comment' => '',
574 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
575 'format' => [
576 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
577 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
578 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
579 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
580 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
581 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
582 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
583 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
584 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
585 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
586 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
587 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
588 // * $TEXT - input by the user
589 'description' => '$TEXT',
590 'ownwork' => '',
591 'license' => '',
592 'uncategorized' => '',
593 ],
594 ];
595
596 /**
597 * File backend structure configuration.
598 *
599 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
600 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
601 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
602 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
603 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
604 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
605 *
606 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
607 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
608 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
609 *
610 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
611 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
612 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
613 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
614 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
615 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
616 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
617 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
618 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
619 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
620 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
621 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
622 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
623 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
624 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
625 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
626 */
627 $wgFileBackends = [];
628
629 /**
630 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
631 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
632 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
633 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
634 *
635 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
636 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
637 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
638 */
639 $wgLockManagers = [];
640
641 /**
642 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
643 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: http://www.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
644 *
645 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
646 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
647 * extensions" section of php.ini:
648 * @code{.ini}
649 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
650 * @endcode
651 */
652 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
653
654 /**
655 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
656 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
657 * Defaults to false.
658 */
659 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
660
661 /**
662 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
663 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
664 * $wgUploadDirectory.
665 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
666 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
667 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
668 * directory.
669 *
670 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
671 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
672 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
673 */
674 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
675
676 /**
677 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
678 */
679 $wgSharedUploadPath = "http://commons.wikimedia.org/shared/images";
680
681 /**
682 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
683 */
684 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
685
686 /**
687 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
688 */
689 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = "/var/www/wiki3/images";
690
691 /**
692 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
693 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
694 */
695 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
696
697 /**
698 * Optional table prefix used in database.
699 */
700 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
701
702 /**
703 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
704 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
705 */
706 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
707
708 /**
709 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
710 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
711 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
712 */
713 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
714
715 /**
716 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
717 *
718 * @since 1.20
719 */
720 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
721
722 /**
723 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
724 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
725 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
726 */
727 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
728
729 /**
730 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
731 * @since 1.20
732 */
733 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
734
735 /**
736 * Different timeout for upload by url
737 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
738 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
739 * to default.
740 *
741 * @since 1.22
742 */
743 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
744
745 /**
746 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
747 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
748 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
749 * for non-specified types.
750 *
751 * @par Example:
752 * @code
753 * $wgMaxUploadSize = array(
754 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
755 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
756 * );
757 * @endcode
758 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
759 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
760 */
761 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
762
763 /**
764 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
765 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
766 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
767 * @since 1.26
768 */
769 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
770
771 /**
772 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
773 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
774 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
775 *
776 * @par Example:
777 * @code
778 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
779 * @endcode
780 */
781 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
782
783 /**
784 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
785 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
786 * appended to it as appropriate.
787 */
788 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
789
790 /**
791 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
792 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
793 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
794 * access to the thumbnail path.
795 *
796 * @par Example:
797 * @code
798 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
799 * @endcode
800 */
801 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
802
803 /**
804 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
805 */
806 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
807
808 /**
809 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
810 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
811 *
812 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
813 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
814 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
815 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
816 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
817 *
818 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
819 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
820 */
821 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
822
823 /**
824 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
825 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
826 * directory layout.
827 */
828 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
829
830 /**
831 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
832 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
833 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
834 * image description page on this wiki.
835 *
836 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
837 */
838 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
839
840 /**
841 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
842 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
843 *
844 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
845 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
846 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
847 */
848 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
849
850 /**
851 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
852 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
853 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
854 */
855 $wgFileBlacklist = [
856 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
857 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
858 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
859 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
860 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
861 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
862 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
863 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
864
865 /**
866 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
867 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
868 */
869 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
870 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
871 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
872 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
873 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
874 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
875 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
876 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
877 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
878 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
879 'application/x-msmetafile',
880 ];
881
882 /**
883 * Allow Java archive uploads.
884 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
885 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
886 */
887 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
888
889 /**
890 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
891 *
892 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
893 */
894 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
895
896 /**
897 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
898 * by $wgFileExtensions.
899 *
900 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
901 */
902 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
903
904 /**
905 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
906 *
907 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
908 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
909 */
910 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
911
912 /**
913 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
914 */
915 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
916
917 /**
918 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
919 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
920 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
921 *
922 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
923 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
924 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
925 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
926 */
927 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
928 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
929 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
930 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
931 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
932 "application/pdf", // PDF files
933 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
934 ];
935
936 /**
937 * Plugins for media file type handling.
938 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
939 */
940 $wgMediaHandlers = [
941 'image/jpeg' => 'JpegHandler',
942 'image/png' => 'PNGHandler',
943 'image/gif' => 'GIFHandler',
944 'image/tiff' => 'TiffHandler',
945 'image/webp' => 'WebPHandler',
946 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'BmpHandler',
947 'image/x-bmp' => 'BmpHandler',
948 'image/x-xcf' => 'XCFHandler',
949 'image/svg+xml' => 'SvgHandler', // official
950 'image/svg' => 'SvgHandler', // compat
951 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'DjVuHandler', // official
952 'image/x.djvu' => 'DjVuHandler', // compat
953 'image/x-djvu' => 'DjVuHandler', // compat
954 ];
955
956 /**
957 * Plugins for page content model handling.
958 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
959 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
960 *
961 * @since 1.21
962 */
963 $wgContentHandlers = [
964 // the usual case
965 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => 'WikitextContentHandler',
966 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
967 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => 'JavaScriptContentHandler',
968 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
969 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => 'JsonContentHandler',
970 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
971 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => 'CssContentHandler',
972 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
973 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => 'TextContentHandler',
974 ];
975
976 /**
977 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
978 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
979 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
980 */
981 $wgUseImageResize = true;
982
983 /**
984 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
985 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
986 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
987 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
988 *
989 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
990 */
991 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
992
993 /**
994 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
995 */
996 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
997
998 /**
999 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1000 * @since 1.27
1001 */
1002 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1003
1004 /**
1005 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1006 */
1007 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1008
1009 /**
1010 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1011 */
1012 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1013
1014 /**
1015 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1016 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1017 */
1018 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1019
1020 /**
1021 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1022 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1023 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1024 *
1025 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1026 * @code
1027 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1028 * @endcode
1029 *
1030 * Leave as false to skip this.
1031 */
1032 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1033
1034 /**
1035 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1036 *
1037 * @since 1.21
1038 */
1039 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1040
1041 /**
1042 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1043 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1044 * at sharp edges.
1045 *
1046 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1047 *
1048 * Supported values:
1049 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1050 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1051 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1052 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1053 *
1054 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1055 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1056 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1057 *
1058 * @since 1.27
1059 */
1060 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1061
1062 /**
1063 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1064 * image formats.
1065 */
1066 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1067
1068 /**
1069 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1070 *
1071 * @since 1.26
1072 */
1073 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1074
1075 /**
1076 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1077 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1078 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1079 *
1080 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1081 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1082 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1083 */
1084 $wgSVGConverters = [
1085 'ImageMagick' =>
1086 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1087 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1088 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1089 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1090 . '$output $input',
1091 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1092 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1093 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1094 ];
1095
1096 /**
1097 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1098 */
1099 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1100
1101 /**
1102 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1103 */
1104 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1105
1106 /**
1107 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1108 */
1109 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1110
1111 /**
1112 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1113 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1114 */
1115 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1116
1117 /**
1118 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1119 *
1120 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1121 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1122 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1123 *
1124 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1125 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1126 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1127 */
1128 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1129
1130 /**
1131 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1132 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1133 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1134 *
1135 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1136 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1137 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1138 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1139 *
1140 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1141 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1142 */
1143 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1144
1145 /**
1146 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1147 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1148 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1149 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1150 */
1151 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1152
1153 /**
1154 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1155 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1156 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1157 *
1158 * @par Example:
1159 * @code
1160 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1161 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = array( 'png', 'image/png' );
1162 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1163 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = array( 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' );
1164 * @endcode
1165 */
1166 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1167
1168 /**
1169 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1170 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1171 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1172 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1173 */
1174 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1175
1176 /**
1177 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1178 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1179 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1180 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1181 */
1182 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1183
1184 /**
1185 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1186 * output instead of showing an error message.
1187 *
1188 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1189 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1190 *
1191 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1192 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1193 * are logged to a file for review.
1194 */
1195 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1196
1197 /**
1198 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1199 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1200 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1201 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1202 * webserver(s).
1203 */
1204 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1205
1206 /**
1207 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1208 */
1209 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1210
1211 /**
1212 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1213 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1214 * is available that can rotate.
1215 */
1216 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1217
1218 /**
1219 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1220 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1221 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1222 */
1223 $wgAntivirus = null;
1224
1225 /**
1226 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1227 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1228 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1229 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1230 *
1231 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1232 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1233 *
1234 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1235 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1236 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1237 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1238 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1239 * path.
1240 *
1241 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1242 * function in SpecialUpload.
1243 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1244 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1245 * is not set.
1246 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1247 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1248 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1249 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1250 * no virus was found.
1251 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1252 * a virus.
1253 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1254 *
1255 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1256 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1257 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1258 */
1259 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1260
1261 # setup for clamav
1262 'clamav' => [
1263 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1264 'codemap' => [
1265 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1266 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1267 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1268 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1269 ],
1270 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1271 ],
1272 ];
1273
1274 /**
1275 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1276 */
1277 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1278
1279 /**
1280 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1281 */
1282 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1283
1284 /**
1285 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1286 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1287 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1288 */
1289 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1290
1291 /**
1292 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1293 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1294 */
1295 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1296
1297 /**
1298 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1299 * the MIME type to standard output.
1300 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1301 * If not set or NULL, PHP's fileinfo extension will be used if available.
1302 *
1303 * @par Example:
1304 * @code
1305 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1306 * @endcode
1307 */
1308 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1309
1310 /**
1311 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1312 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1313 * can be trusted.
1314 */
1315 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1316
1317 /**
1318 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1319 * array = ( 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' )
1320 */
1321 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1322 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1323 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1324 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1325 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1326 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1327 ];
1328
1329 /**
1330 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1331 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1332 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1333 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1334 * change it if you alter the array (see bug 8858).
1335 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1336 */
1337 $wgImageLimits = [
1338 [ 320, 240 ],
1339 [ 640, 480 ],
1340 [ 800, 600 ],
1341 [ 1024, 768 ],
1342 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1343 ];
1344
1345 /**
1346 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1347 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1348 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1349 */
1350 $wgThumbLimits = [
1351 120,
1352 150,
1353 180,
1354 200,
1355 250,
1356 300
1357 ];
1358
1359 /**
1360 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1361 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1362 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1363 *
1364 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1365 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1366 * supports it.
1367 */
1368 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1369
1370 /**
1371 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1372 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1373 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1374 * following buckets:
1375 *
1376 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = array ( 128, 256, 512 );
1377 *
1378 * and a distance of 50:
1379 *
1380 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1381 *
1382 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1383 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1384 */
1385 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1386
1387 /**
1388 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1389 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1390 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1391 *
1392 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1393 *
1394 * @since 1.25
1395 */
1396
1397 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1398
1399 /**
1400 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1401 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1402 *
1403 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1404 * thumbnail's URL.
1405 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1406 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1407 *
1408 * @since 1.25
1409 */
1410 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1411
1412 /**
1413 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1414 *
1415 * @since 1.25
1416 */
1417 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1418
1419 /**
1420 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1421 * HTTP request to.
1422 *
1423 * @since 1.25
1424 */
1425 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1426
1427 /**
1428 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1429 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1430 *
1431 * @since 1.26
1432 */
1433 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1434
1435 /**
1436 * Default parameters for the "<gallery>" tag
1437 */
1438 $wgGalleryOptions = [
1439 'imagesPerRow' => 0, // Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1440 'imageWidth' => 120, // Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1441 'imageHeight' => 120, // Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1442 'captionLength' => 25, // Length of caption to truncate (in characters)
1443 'showBytes' => true, // Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1444 'mode' => 'traditional',
1445 ];
1446
1447 /**
1448 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1449 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1450 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1451 */
1452 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1453
1454 /**
1455 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1456 */
1457 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1458
1459 /**
1460 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1461 *
1462 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1463 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1464 *
1465 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1466 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1467 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1468 */
1469 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1470
1471 /**
1472 * @name DJVU settings
1473 * @{
1474 */
1475
1476 /**
1477 * Path of the djvudump executable
1478 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1479 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1480 */
1481 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1482
1483 /**
1484 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1485 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1486 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1487 */
1488 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1489
1490 /**
1491 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1492 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1493 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1494 */
1495 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1496
1497 /**
1498 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1499 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1500 *
1501 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1502 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1503 * the efficiency problem.
1504 * http://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1505 *
1506 * @par Example:
1507 * @code
1508 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1509 * @endcode
1510 */
1511 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1512
1513 /**
1514 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1515 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1516 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1517 */
1518 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1519
1520 /**
1521 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1522 */
1523 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1524
1525 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1526
1527 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1528
1529 /************************************************************************//**
1530 * @name Email settings
1531 * @{
1532 */
1533
1534 /**
1535 * Site admin email address.
1536 *
1537 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName".
1538 */
1539 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1540
1541 /**
1542 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1543 *
1544 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder.
1545 *
1546 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName".
1547 */
1548 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1549
1550 /**
1551 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1552 *
1553 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1554 */
1555 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1556
1557 /**
1558 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1559 *
1560 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender.
1561 */
1562 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1563
1564 /**
1565 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1566 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1567 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1568 */
1569 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1570
1571 /**
1572 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1573 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1574 */
1575 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1576
1577 /**
1578 * Set to true to put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1579 * instead of From. ($wgEmergencyContact will be used as From.)
1580 *
1581 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1582 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1583 * when bounces are sent to the sender.
1584 */
1585 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = false;
1586
1587 /**
1588 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1589 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1590 */
1591 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1592
1593 /**
1594 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1595 */
1596 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1597
1598 /**
1599 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1600 */
1601 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1602
1603 /**
1604 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1605 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1606 */
1607 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1608
1609 /**
1610 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1611 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1612 */
1613 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1614
1615 /**
1616 * SMTP Mode.
1617 *
1618 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1619 * Default to false or fill an array :
1620 *
1621 * @code
1622 * $wgSMTP = array(
1623 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1624 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1625 * 'port' => '25',
1626 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1627 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1628 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1629 * );
1630 * @endcode
1631 */
1632 $wgSMTP = false;
1633
1634 /**
1635 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1636 */
1637 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1638
1639 /**
1640 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1641 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1642 */
1643 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1644
1645 /**
1646 * True: from page editor if s/he opted-in. False: Enotif mails appear to come
1647 * from $wgEmergencyContact
1648 */
1649 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1650
1651 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1652 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1653 # enable or disable at their discretion
1654 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1655 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1656
1657 /**
1658 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1659 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1660 * spam relay.
1661 */
1662 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1663
1664 /**
1665 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1666 */
1667 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1668
1669 /**
1670 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1671 * user talk page.
1672 */
1673 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1674
1675 /**
1676 * Set the Reply-to address in notifications to the editor's address, if user
1677 * allowed this in the preferences.
1678 */
1679 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1680
1681 /**
1682 * Send notification mails on minor edits to watchlist pages. This is enabled
1683 * by default. User talk notifications are affected by this, $wgEnotifUserTalk, and
1684 * the nominornewtalk user right.
1685 */
1686 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1687
1688 /**
1689 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1690 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1691 *
1692 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1693 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1694 */
1695 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1696
1697 /**
1698 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1699 * match the limit on your mail server.
1700 */
1701 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1702
1703 /**
1704 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1705 */
1706 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1707
1708 /**
1709 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1710 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1711 */
1712 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1713
1714 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1715
1716 /************************************************************************//**
1717 * @name Database settings
1718 * @{
1719 */
1720
1721 /**
1722 * Database host name or IP address
1723 */
1724 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1725
1726 /**
1727 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1728 */
1729 $wgDBport = 5432;
1730
1731 /**
1732 * Name of the database
1733 */
1734 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1735
1736 /**
1737 * Database username
1738 */
1739 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1740
1741 /**
1742 * Database user's password
1743 */
1744 $wgDBpassword = '';
1745
1746 /**
1747 * Database type
1748 */
1749 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1750
1751 /**
1752 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1753 *
1754 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1755 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1756 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1757 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1758 */
1759 $wgDBssl = false;
1760
1761 /**
1762 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1763 *
1764 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1765 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1766 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1767 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1768 */
1769 $wgDBcompress = false;
1770
1771 /**
1772 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1773 */
1774 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1775
1776 /**
1777 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1778 */
1779 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1780
1781 /**
1782 * Search type.
1783 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1784 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1785 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1786 */
1787 $wgSearchType = null;
1788
1789 /**
1790 * Alternative search types
1791 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1792 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1793 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1794 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1795 */
1796 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1797
1798 /**
1799 * Table name prefix
1800 */
1801 $wgDBprefix = '';
1802
1803 /**
1804 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1805 */
1806 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1807
1808 /**
1809 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1810 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1811 * DBA has done his best job.
1812 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1813 */
1814 $wgSQLMode = '';
1815
1816 /**
1817 * Mediawiki schema
1818 */
1819 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1820
1821 /**
1822 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1823 */
1824 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1825
1826 /**
1827 * Make all database connections secretly go to localhost. Fool the load balancer
1828 * thinking there is an arbitrarily large cluster of servers to connect to.
1829 * Useful for debugging.
1830 */
1831 $wgAllDBsAreLocalhost = false;
1832
1833 /**
1834 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1835 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1836 * main database.
1837 *
1838 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1839 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1840 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1841 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1842 *
1843 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1844 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1845 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1846 *
1847 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1848 * $wgDBprefix.
1849 *
1850 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1851 * $wgDBmwschema.
1852 *
1853 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to wfGetLB() to
1854 * access remote databases. Using wfGetLB() allows the shared database to
1855 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1856 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1857 */
1858 $wgSharedDB = null;
1859
1860 /**
1861 * @see $wgSharedDB
1862 */
1863 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1864
1865 /**
1866 * @see $wgSharedDB
1867 */
1868 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1869
1870 /**
1871 * @see $wgSharedDB
1872 * @since 1.23
1873 */
1874 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1875
1876 /**
1877 * Database load balancer
1878 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1879 * Fields are:
1880 * - host: Host name
1881 * - dbname: Default database name
1882 * - user: DB user
1883 * - password: DB password
1884 * - type: DB type
1885 *
1886 * - load: Ratio of DB_SLAVE load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1887 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1888 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1889 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1890 *
1891 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1892 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1893 *
1894 * - flags: bit field
1895 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if !$wgCommandLineMode (recommended)
1896 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1897 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1898 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1899 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1900 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1901 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1902 * if available
1903 *
1904 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a slave will taken out of rotation
1905 *
1906 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1907 * variable of the Database object.
1908 *
1909 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1910 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1911 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1912 *
1913 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1914 * rest of the servers will be slaves. To prevent writes to your slaves due to
1915 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1916 * slaves in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1917 *
1918 * @code
1919 * SET @@read_only=1;
1920 * @endcode
1921 *
1922 * Since the effect of writing to a slave is so damaging and difficult to clean
1923 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1924 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1925 */
1926 $wgDBservers = false;
1927
1928 /**
1929 * Load balancer factory configuration
1930 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
1931 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
1932 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
1933 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
1934 *
1935 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
1936 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
1937 */
1938 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => 'LBFactorySimple' ];
1939
1940 /**
1941 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
1942 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
1943 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
1944 * @since 1.27
1945 */
1946 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
1947
1948 /**
1949 * File to log database errors to
1950 */
1951 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
1952
1953 /**
1954 * Timezone to use in the error log.
1955 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
1956 *
1957 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
1958 * http://php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
1959 *
1960 * @par Examples:
1961 * @code
1962 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
1963 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
1964 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
1965 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
1966 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
1967 * @endcode
1968 *
1969 * @since 1.20
1970 */
1971 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
1972
1973 /**
1974 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
1975 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
1976 *
1977 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
1978 *
1979 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
1980 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
1981 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
1982 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
1983 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
1984 *
1985 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
1986 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
1987 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
1988 */
1989 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
1990
1991 /**
1992 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
1993 *
1994 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
1995 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
1996 * block).
1997 *
1998 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
1999 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2000 * connections.
2001 *
2002 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2003 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2004 * pooled.
2005 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2006 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2007 *
2008 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2009 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2010 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2011 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2012 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2013 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2014 *
2015 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2016 *
2017 */
2018 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2019
2020 /**
2021 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer
2022 * account.
2023 * Array numeric key => database name
2024 */
2025 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2026
2027 /**
2028 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2029 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2030 * show a more obvious warning.
2031 */
2032 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2033
2034 /**
2035 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2036 */
2037 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2038
2039 /**
2040 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2041 */
2042 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2043
2044 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2045
2046 /************************************************************************//**
2047 * @name Text storage
2048 * @{
2049 */
2050
2051 /**
2052 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2053 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2054 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2055 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2056 */
2057 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2058
2059 /**
2060 * External stores allow including content
2061 * from non database sources following URL links.
2062 *
2063 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2064 * @code
2065 * $wgExternalStores = array("http","file","custom")...
2066 * @endcode
2067 *
2068 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2069 */
2070 $wgExternalStores = [];
2071
2072 /**
2073 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2074 *
2075 * @par Example:
2076 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2077 * @code
2078 * $wgExternalServers = array(
2079 * 'cluster1' => array( 'srv28', 'srv29', 'srv30' )
2080 * );
2081 * @endcode
2082 *
2083 * Used by LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2084 * another class.
2085 */
2086 $wgExternalServers = [];
2087
2088 /**
2089 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2090 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2091 *
2092 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2093 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2094 *
2095 * @par Example:
2096 * @code
2097 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = array( 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' );
2098 * @endcode
2099 *
2100 * @var array
2101 */
2102 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2103
2104 /**
2105 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2106 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2107 *
2108 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2109 */
2110 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 0;
2111
2112 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2113
2114 /************************************************************************//**
2115 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2116 * @{
2117 */
2118
2119 /**
2120 * Disable database-intensive features
2121 */
2122 $wgMiserMode = false;
2123
2124 /**
2125 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2126 */
2127 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2128
2129 /**
2130 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2131 */
2132 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2133
2134 /**
2135 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2136 */
2137 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2138
2139 /**
2140 * Enable slow parser functions
2141 */
2142 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2143
2144 /**
2145 * Allow schema updates
2146 */
2147 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2148
2149 /**
2150 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2151 */
2152 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2153
2154 /**
2155 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2156 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2157 */
2158 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2159
2160 /**
2161 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2162 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2163 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2164 * @since 1.26
2165 */
2166 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2167
2168 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2169
2170 /************************************************************************//**
2171 * @name Cache settings
2172 * @{
2173 */
2174
2175 /**
2176 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2177 * from the web.
2178 *
2179 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2180 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2181 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2182 */
2183 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2184
2185 /**
2186 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2187 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2188 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2189 *
2190 * The options are:
2191 *
2192 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2193 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2194 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2195 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2196 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, XCache or WinCache
2197 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2198 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2199 *
2200 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2201 */
2202 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2203
2204 /**
2205 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2206 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2207 *
2208 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2209 */
2210 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2211
2212 /**
2213 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2214 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2215 *
2216 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2217 */
2218 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2219
2220 /**
2221 * The cache type for storing session data.
2222 *
2223 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2224 */
2225 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2226
2227 /**
2228 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2229 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2230 *
2231 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2232 *
2233 * @since 1.20
2234 */
2235 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2236
2237 /**
2238 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2239 *
2240 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2241 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2242 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2243 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2244 *
2245 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2246 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2247 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2248 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2249 */
2250 $wgObjectCaches = [
2251 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => 'EmptyBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2252 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2253
2254 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2255 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2256 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2257
2258 'db-replicated' => [
2259 'class' => 'ReplicatedBagOStuff',
2260 'readFactory' => [
2261 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2262 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2263 ],
2264 'writeFactory' => [
2265 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2266 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2267 ],
2268 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff'
2269 ],
2270
2271 'apc' => [ 'class' => 'APCBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2272 'xcache' => [ 'class' => 'XCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2273 'wincache' => [ 'class' => 'WinCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2274 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2275 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPeclBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2276 'hash' => [ 'class' => 'HashBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2277 ];
2278
2279 /**
2280 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2281 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2282 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2283 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2284 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2285 *
2286 * The options are:
2287 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2288 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2289 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2290 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2291 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2292 * @since 1.26
2293 */
2294 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2295
2296 /**
2297 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2298 *
2299 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2300 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2301 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2302 *
2303 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2304 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2305 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2306 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2307 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2308 *
2309 * @since 1.26
2310 */
2311 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2312 CACHE_NONE => [
2313 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2314 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2315 'channels' => []
2316 ]
2317 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2318 'memcached-php' => [
2319 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2320 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2321 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2322 ]
2323 */
2324 ];
2325
2326 /**
2327 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2328 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2329 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2330 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2331 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2332 *
2333 * The options are:
2334 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2335 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2336 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2337 *
2338 * @since 1.26
2339 */
2340 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2341
2342 /**
2343 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2344 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2345 */
2346 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2347
2348 /**
2349 * Deprecated alias for $wgSessionsInObjectCache.
2350 *
2351 * @deprecated since 1.20; Use $wgSessionsInObjectCache
2352 */
2353 $wgSessionsInMemcached = true;
2354
2355 /**
2356 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2357 */
2358 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2359
2360 /**
2361 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2362 */
2363 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2364
2365 /**
2366 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2367 */
2368 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2369
2370 /**
2371 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2372 *
2373 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2374 *
2375 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2376 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2377 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2378 * others' cookies.
2379 *
2380 * @since 1.27
2381 * @var string
2382 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2383 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2384 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2385 */
2386 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2387
2388 /**
2389 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2390 */
2391 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2392
2393 /**
2394 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2395 */
2396 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2397
2398 /**
2399 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2400 * requests.
2401 */
2402 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2403
2404 /**
2405 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2406 */
2407 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2408
2409 /**
2410 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2411 *
2412 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2413 *
2414 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2415 *
2416 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2417 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2418 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2419 */
2420 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2421
2422 /**
2423 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2424 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2425 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2426 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2427 */
2428 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2429
2430 /**
2431 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2432 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2433 *
2434 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2435 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2436 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2437 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2438 * otherwise the database will be used.
2439 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2440 * store static arrays.
2441 *
2442 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2443 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2444 *
2445 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2446 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2447 * will be used.
2448 *
2449 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2450 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2451 */
2452 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2453 'class' => 'LocalisationCache',
2454 'store' => 'detect',
2455 'storeClass' => false,
2456 'storeDirectory' => false,
2457 'manualRecache' => false,
2458 ];
2459
2460 /**
2461 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2462 */
2463 $wgCachePages = true;
2464
2465 /**
2466 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2467 * client-side and server-side caching.
2468 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2469 * @verbatim
2470 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2471 * @endverbatim
2472 */
2473 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2474
2475 /**
2476 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2477 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2478 */
2479 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2480
2481 /**
2482 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2483 *
2484 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2485 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2486 * styles.
2487 */
2488 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2489
2490 /**
2491 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2492 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2493 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2494 */
2495 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2496
2497 /**
2498 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2499 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2500 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2501 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2502 */
2503 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2504
2505 /**
2506 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2507 * @deprecated 1.26
2508 */
2509 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2510
2511 /**
2512 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2513 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2514 */
2515 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2516
2517 /**
2518 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2519 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2520 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2521 *
2522 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2523 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2524 * don't update as expected.
2525 */
2526 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2527
2528 /**
2529 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2530 */
2531 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2532
2533 /**
2534 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2535 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2536 *
2537 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2538 */
2539 $wgUseGzip = false;
2540
2541 /**
2542 * Whether MediaWiki should send an ETag header. Seems to cause
2543 * broken behavior with Squid 2.6, see bug 7098.
2544 */
2545 $wgUseETag = false;
2546
2547 /**
2548 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2549 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2550 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2551 * a grace period.
2552 */
2553 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2554
2555 /**
2556 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2557 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2558 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2559 *
2560 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2561 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2562 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2563 */
2564 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2565
2566 /**
2567 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2568 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2569 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2570 *
2571 * @par Example:
2572 * @code
2573 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2574 * @endcode
2575 *
2576 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2577 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2578 *
2579 * @var int|bool
2580 */
2581 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2582
2583 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2584
2585 /************************************************************************//**
2586 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2587 *
2588 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2589 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2590 *
2591 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2592 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2593 * more details.
2594 *
2595 * @{
2596 */
2597
2598 /**
2599 * Enable/disable CDN.
2600 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2601 */
2602 $wgUseSquid = false;
2603
2604 /**
2605 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2606 */
2607 $wgUseESI = false;
2608
2609 /**
2610 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2611 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2612 * @since 1.27
2613 */
2614 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2615
2616 /**
2617 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2618 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2619 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2620 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2621 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2622 * HTTP redirects.
2623 */
2624 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2625
2626 /**
2627 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2628 *
2629 * @par Example:
2630 * @code
2631 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2632 * @endcode
2633 */
2634 $wgInternalServer = false;
2635
2636 /**
2637 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2638 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2639 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2640 *
2641 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2642 */
2643 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2644
2645 /**
2646 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB slave lag is high
2647 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2648 * @since 1.27
2649 */
2650 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2651
2652 /**
2653 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2654 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2655 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2656 * slave lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2657 *
2658 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2659 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2660 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2661 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2662 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2663 *
2664 * @since 1.27
2665 */
2666 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2667
2668 /**
2669 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2670 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2671 * @since 1.27
2672 */
2673 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2674
2675 /**
2676 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2677 *
2678 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2679 */
2680 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2681
2682 /**
2683 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2684 *
2685 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2686 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2687 *
2688 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2689 */
2690 $wgSquidServers = [];
2691
2692 /**
2693 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2694 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2695 * CIDR blocks.
2696 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2697 */
2698 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2699
2700 /**
2701 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2702 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2703 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2704 *
2705 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2706 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2707 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2708 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2709 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2710 *
2711 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2712 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2713 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2714 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2715 * reverse).
2716 *
2717 * @since 1.21
2718 */
2719 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2720
2721 /**
2722 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2723 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2724 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2725 *
2726 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2727 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2728 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2729 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2730 *
2731 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2732 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2733 * @code
2734 * $wgHTCPRouting = array(
2735 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => array(
2736 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2737 * 'port' => 4827,
2738 * ),
2739 * '' => array(
2740 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2741 * 'port' => 4827,
2742 * ),
2743 * );
2744 * @endcode
2745 *
2746 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2747 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2748 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2749 *
2750 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2751 * @code
2752 * $wgHTCPRouting = array(
2753 * '' => array(
2754 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2755 * array( 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ),
2756 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2757 * array( 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ),
2758 * array( 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ),
2759 * array( 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ),
2760 * ),
2761 * );
2762 * @endcode
2763 *
2764 * @since 1.22
2765 *
2766 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2767 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2768 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2769 *
2770 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2771 */
2772 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2773
2774 /**
2775 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2776 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2777 */
2778 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2779
2780 /**
2781 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2782 */
2783 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2784
2785 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2786
2787 /************************************************************************//**
2788 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2789 * @{
2790 */
2791
2792 /**
2793 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2794 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2795 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2796 *
2797 * Warning: Don't use language codes listed in $wgDummyLanguageCodes like "no"
2798 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead), or things will break unexpectedly.
2799 *
2800 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2801 * change it in their preferences.
2802 *
2803 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2804 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2805 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2806 */
2807 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2808
2809 /**
2810 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2811 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2812 */
2813 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2814
2815 /**
2816 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2817 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2818 *
2819 * @par Example:
2820 * @code
2821 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2822 * @endcode
2823 */
2824 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2825
2826 /**
2827 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2828 */
2829 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2830
2831 /**
2832 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2833 */
2834 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2835
2836 /**
2837 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2838 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2839 * Notes:
2840 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2841 * map.
2842 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2843 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2844 * this array.
2845 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2846 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2847 * the prefix in this array.
2848 */
2849 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2850
2851 /**
2852 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2853 */
2854 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2855
2856 /**
2857 * List of language codes that don't correspond to an actual language.
2858 * These codes are mostly left-offs from renames, or other legacy things.
2859 * This array makes them not appear as a selectable language on the installer,
2860 * and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2861 */
2862 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [
2863 'als' => 'gsw',
2864 'bat-smg' => 'sgs',
2865 'be-x-old' => 'be-tarask',
2866 'bh' => 'bho',
2867 'fiu-vro' => 'vro',
2868 'no' => 'nb',
2869 'qqq' => 'qqq', # Used for message documentation.
2870 'qqx' => 'qqx', # Used for viewing message keys.
2871 'roa-rup' => 'rup',
2872 'simple' => 'en',
2873 'zh-classical' => 'lzh',
2874 'zh-min-nan' => 'nan',
2875 'zh-yue' => 'yue',
2876 ];
2877
2878 /**
2879 * Character set for use in the article edit box. Language-specific encodings
2880 * may be defined.
2881 *
2882 * This historic feature is one of the first that was added by former MediaWiki
2883 * team leader Brion Vibber, and is used to support the Esperanto x-system.
2884 */
2885 $wgEditEncoding = '';
2886
2887 /**
2888 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2889 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2890 * set to "ar".
2891 *
2892 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2893 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2894 */
2895 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2896
2897 /**
2898 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2899 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2900 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2901 * support these characters.
2902 *
2903 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2904 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2905 */
2906 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2907
2908 /**
2909 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2910 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2911 * impact.
2912 *
2913 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2914 * details.
2915 *
2916 * @since 1.17
2917 */
2918 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2919
2920 /**
2921 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2922 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2923 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2924 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2925 *
2926 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2927 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
2928 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
2929 */
2930 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
2931
2932 /**
2933 * Browser Blacklist for unicode non compliant browsers. Contains a list of
2934 * regexps : "/regexp/" matching problematic browsers. These browsers will
2935 * be served encoded unicode in the edit box instead of real unicode.
2936 */
2937 $wgBrowserBlackList = [
2938 /**
2939 * Netscape 2-4 detection
2940 * The minor version may contain strings such as "Gold" or "SGoldC-SGI"
2941 * Lots of non-netscape user agents have "compatible", so it's useful to check for that
2942 * with a negative assertion. The [UIN] identifier specifies the level of security
2943 * in a Netscape/Mozilla browser, checking for it rules out a number of fakers.
2944 * The language string is unreliable, it is missing on NS4 Mac.
2945 *
2946 * Reference: http://www.psychedelix.com/agents/index.shtml
2947 */
2948 '/^Mozilla\/2\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2949 '/^Mozilla\/3\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2950 '/^Mozilla\/4\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2951
2952 /**
2953 * MSIE on Mac OS 9 is teh sux0r, converts þ to <thorn>, ð to <eth>,
2954 * Þ to <THORN> and Ð to <ETH>
2955 *
2956 * Known useragents:
2957 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.0; Mac_PowerPC)
2958 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.15; Mac_PowerPC)
2959 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.23; Mac_PowerPC)
2960 * - [...]
2961 *
2962 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?diff=12356041&oldid=12355864
2963 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Template%3AOS9
2964 */
2965 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE \d+\.\d+; Mac_PowerPC\)/',
2966
2967 /**
2968 * Google wireless transcoder, seems to eat a lot of chars alive
2969 * https://it.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Luciano_Ligabue&diff=prev&oldid=8857361
2970 */
2971 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE 6.0; Windows NT 5.0; Google Wireless Transcoder;\)/'
2972 ];
2973
2974 /**
2975 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
2976 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
2977 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
2978 *
2979 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
2980 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
2981 * to remain viewable.
2982 *
2983 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
2984 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
2985 */
2986 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
2987
2988 /**
2989 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
2990 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
2991 */
2992 $wgAmericanDates = false;
2993
2994 /**
2995 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
2996 * numerals in interface.
2997 */
2998 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
2999
3000 /**
3001 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3002 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3003 */
3004 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3005
3006 /**
3007 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3008 */
3009 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3010
3011 /**
3012 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3013 */
3014 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3015
3016 /**
3017 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3018 */
3019 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3020
3021 /**
3022 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3023 */
3024 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3025
3026 /**
3027 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3028 */
3029 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3030
3031 /**
3032 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3033 *
3034 * @par Example:
3035 * @code
3036 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3037 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3038 * @endcode
3039 */
3040 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3041
3042 /**
3043 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3044 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3045 * language variant.
3046 *
3047 * @par Example:
3048 * @code
3049 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3050 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3051 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3052 * @endcode
3053 *
3054 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3055 *
3056 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3057 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3058 */
3059 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3060
3061 /**
3062 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3063 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3064 * customise these.
3065 */
3066 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3067
3068 /**
3069 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3070 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3071 *
3072 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3073 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3074 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3075 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3076 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3077 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3078 * the default behavior.
3079 *
3080 * @par Example:
3081 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3082 * portal:
3083 * @code
3084 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = array( 'mainpage', 'portal-url' );
3085 * @endcode
3086 */
3087 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3088
3089 /**
3090 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3091 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3092 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3093 *
3094 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3095 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3096 *
3097 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3098 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3099 *
3100 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3101 * http://php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3102 *
3103 * @par Examples:
3104 * @code
3105 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3106 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3107 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3108 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3109 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3110 * @endcode
3111 */
3112 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3113
3114 /**
3115 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3116 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3117 *
3118 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3119 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3120 *
3121 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3122 */
3123 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3124
3125 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3126
3127 /*************************************************************************//**
3128 * @name Output format and skin settings
3129 * @{
3130 */
3131
3132 /**
3133 * The default Content-Type header.
3134 */
3135 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3136
3137 /**
3138 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3139 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3140 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3141 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3142 * @deprecated since 1.22
3143 */
3144 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3145
3146 /**
3147 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3148 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3149 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3150 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3151 * @deprecated since 1.22
3152 */
3153 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3154
3155 /**
3156 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3157 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3158 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3159 * to true by Setup.php.
3160 * @deprecated since 1.22
3161 */
3162 $wgHtml5 = true;
3163
3164 /**
3165 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3166 *
3167 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3168 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3169 * See also http://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3170 * @since 1.16
3171 */
3172 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3173
3174 /**
3175 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3176 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3177 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3178 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3179 * @since 1.24
3180 */
3181 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3182
3183 /**
3184 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3185 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3186 * stable and change has been communicated.
3187 * @since 1.24
3188 */
3189 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3190
3191 /**
3192 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3193 *
3194 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3195 *
3196 * @par Example:
3197 * @code
3198 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3199 * @endcode
3200 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3201 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3202 *
3203 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3204 */
3205 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3206
3207 /**
3208 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3209 *
3210 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3211 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3212 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3213 */
3214 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3215
3216 /**
3217 * If this is set, a "donate" link will appear in the sidebar. Set it to a URL.
3218 */
3219 $wgSiteSupportPage = '';
3220
3221 /**
3222 * Validate the overall output using tidy and refuse
3223 * to display the page if it's not valid.
3224 */
3225 $wgValidateAllHtml = false;
3226
3227 /**
3228 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3229 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3230 */
3231 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3232
3233 /**
3234 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3235 *
3236 * @since 1.24
3237 */
3238 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3239
3240 /**
3241 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3242 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3243 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3244 */
3245 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3246
3247 /**
3248 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3249 */
3250 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3251
3252 /**
3253 * Allow user Javascript page?
3254 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3255 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3256 */
3257 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3258
3259 /**
3260 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3261 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3262 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3263 */
3264 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3265
3266 /**
3267 * Allow user-preferences implemented in CSS?
3268 * This allows users to customise the site appearance to a greater
3269 * degree; disabling it will improve page load times.
3270 */
3271 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3272
3273 /**
3274 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3275 */
3276 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3277
3278 /**
3279 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3280 */
3281 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3282
3283 /**
3284 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3285 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3286 */
3287 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3288
3289 /**
3290 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3291 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3292 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3293 *
3294 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3295 *
3296 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3297 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3298 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3299 *
3300 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3301 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3302 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3303 * recommended.
3304 *
3305 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3306 * not just edit pages.
3307 */
3308 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3309
3310 /**
3311 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3312 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3313 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3314 * Options are:
3315 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3316 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3317 * - false: Allow all framing.
3318 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3319 */
3320 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3321
3322 /**
3323 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3324 */
3325 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3326
3327 /**
3328 * Should we allow a broader set of characters in id attributes, per HTML5? If
3329 * not, use only HTML 4-compatible IDs. This option is for testing -- when the
3330 * functionality is ready, it will be on by default with no option.
3331 *
3332 * Currently this appears to work fine in all browsers, but it's disabled by
3333 * default because it normalizes id's a bit too aggressively, breaking preexisting
3334 * content (particularly Cite). See bug 27733, bug 27694, bug 27474.
3335 */
3336 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3337
3338 /**
3339 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3340 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3341 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3342 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3343 *
3344 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3345 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3346 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3347 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3348 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3349 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3350 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3351 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3352 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3353 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3354 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3355 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3356 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3357 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3358 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3359 * not be outputted
3360 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3361 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3362 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3363 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3364 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3365 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3366 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3367 */
3368 $wgFooterIcons = [
3369 "copyright" => [
3370 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3371 ],
3372 "poweredby" => [
3373 "mediawiki" => [
3374 // Defaults to point at
3375 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3376 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3377 "src" => null,
3378 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3379 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3380 ]
3381 ],
3382 ];
3383
3384 /**
3385 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3386 * to create an account.
3387 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3388 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3389 */
3390 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3391
3392 /**
3393 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3394 */
3395 $wgEdititis = false;
3396
3397 /**
3398 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3399 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3400 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3401 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3402 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3403 *
3404 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3405 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3406 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3407 */
3408 $wgSend404Code = true;
3409
3410 /**
3411 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3412 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3413 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3414 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3415 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3416 *
3417 * @since 1.20
3418 */
3419 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3420
3421 /**
3422 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3423 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3424 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3425 * unconditionally.
3426 */
3427 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3428
3429 /**
3430 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3431 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3432 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3433 * the domain root.
3434 *
3435 * @since 1.25
3436 */
3437 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3438
3439 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3440
3441 /*************************************************************************//**
3442 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3443 * @{
3444 */
3445
3446 /**
3447 * Client-side resource modules.
3448 *
3449 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3450 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3451 *
3452 * @par Example:
3453 * @code
3454 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = array(
3455 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3456 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3457 * 'dependencies' => array( 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ),
3458 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3459 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3460 * );
3461 * @endcode
3462 */
3463 $wgResourceModules = [];
3464
3465 /**
3466 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3467 *
3468 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3469 * not be modified or disabled.
3470 *
3471 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3472 *
3473 * @par Example:
3474 * @code
3475 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = array(
3476 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3477 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3478 * );
3479 *
3480 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = array(
3481 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3482 * );
3483 * @endcode
3484 *
3485 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3486 *
3487 * @par Equivalent:
3488 * @code
3489 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = array(
3490 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3491 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3492 * 'skinStyles' => array(
3493 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3494 * ),
3495 * );
3496 * @endcode
3497 *
3498 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3499 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3500 *
3501 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3502 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3503 *
3504 * @par Example:
3505 * @code
3506 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = array(
3507 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3508 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3509 * 'skinStyles' => array(
3510 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3511 * ),
3512 * );
3513 * // Note the '+' character:
3514 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = array(
3515 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3516 * );
3517 * @endcode
3518 *
3519 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3520 *
3521 * @par Equivalent:
3522 * @code
3523 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = array(
3524 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3525 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3526 * 'skinStyles' => array(
3527 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3528 * 'foo' => array(
3529 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3530 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3531 * ),
3532 * ),
3533 * );
3534 * @endcode
3535 *
3536 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3537 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3538 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3539 *
3540 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3541 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3542 *
3543 * @par Example:
3544 * @code
3545 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = array(
3546 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3547 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3548 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3549 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3550 * );
3551 * @endcode
3552 */
3553 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3554
3555 /**
3556 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3557 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3558 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3559 *
3560 * @par Example:
3561 * @code
3562 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3563 * @endcode
3564 */
3565 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3566
3567 /**
3568 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3569 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3570 */
3571 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3572
3573 /**
3574 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3575 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3576 *
3577 * Following options to distinguish:
3578 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3579 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3580 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3581 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3582 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3583 *
3584 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3585 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3586 * client and MediaWiki.
3587 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3588 */
3589 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3590 'versioned' => [
3591 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3592 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3593 ],
3594 'unversioned' => [
3595 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3596 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3597 ],
3598 ];
3599
3600 /**
3601 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3602 *
3603 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3604 */
3605 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3606
3607 /**
3608 * Put each statement on its own line when minifying JavaScript. This makes
3609 * debugging in non-debug mode a bit easier.
3610 *
3611 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always false; no longer configurable.
3612 */
3613 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierStatementsOnOwnLine = false;
3614
3615 /**
3616 * Maximum line length when minifying JavaScript. This is not a hard maximum:
3617 * the minifier will try not to produce lines longer than this, but may be
3618 * forced to do so in certain cases.
3619 *
3620 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always 1,000; no longer configurable.
3621 */
3622 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierMaxLineLength = 1000;
3623
3624 /**
3625 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3626 *
3627 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3628 */
3629 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3630
3631 /**
3632 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3633 *
3634 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3635 * work.
3636 *
3637 * @par Example of legacy code:
3638 * @code{,js}
3639 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3640 * @endcode
3641 * or:
3642 * @code{,js}
3643 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3644 * @endcode
3645 *
3646 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3647 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3648 * @code{,js}
3649 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3650 * @endcode
3651 * or:
3652 * @code{,js}
3653 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3654 * @endcode
3655 */
3656 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3657
3658 /**
3659 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3660 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3661 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3662 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3663 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3664 * that you can't increase.
3665 *
3666 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3667 * string length limit.
3668 *
3669 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3670 */
3671 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3672
3673 /**
3674 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3675 * prior to minification to validate it.
3676 *
3677 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3678 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3679 */
3680 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3681
3682 /**
3683 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3684 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3685 *
3686 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3687 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3688 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3689 */
3690 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3691
3692 /**
3693 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3694 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3695 *
3696 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3697 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3698 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3699 *
3700 * Changes to LESS variables do not trigger cache invalidation.
3701 *
3702 * If the LESS variables need to be dynamic, you can use the
3703 * ResourceLoaderGetLessVars hook (since 1.25).
3704 *
3705 * @par Example:
3706 * @code
3707 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = array(
3708 * 'baseFontSize' => '1em',
3709 * 'smallFontSize' => '0.75em',
3710 * 'WikimediaBlue' => '#006699',
3711 * );
3712 * @endcode
3713 * @since 1.22
3714 */
3715 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3716 /**
3717 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet/desktop
3718 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3719 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3720 * @since 1.27
3721 */
3722 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3723 ];
3724
3725 /**
3726 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3727 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3728 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3729 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3730 *
3731 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3732 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3733 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3734 * files from its own tree.
3735 *
3736 * @since 1.22
3737 */
3738 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3739 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3740 ];
3741
3742 /**
3743 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3744 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3745 *
3746 * @since 1.23 - Client-side module persistence is experimental. Exercise care.
3747 */
3748 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = false;
3749
3750 /**
3751 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3752 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3753 *
3754 * @since 1.23
3755 */
3756 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3757
3758 /**
3759 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3760 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3761 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3762 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3763 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3764 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3765 * from the rest of the site.
3766 *
3767 * @since 1.25
3768 */
3769 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3770
3771 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3772
3773 /*************************************************************************//**
3774 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3775 * @{
3776 */
3777
3778 /**
3779 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3780 * used instead.
3781 */
3782 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3783
3784 /**
3785 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3786 *
3787 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3788 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3789 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3790 */
3791 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3792
3793 /**
3794 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3795 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3796 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3797 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3798 * hook or extension.json.
3799 *
3800 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3801 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3802 * the new namespace name.
3803 *
3804 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3805 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3806 *
3807 * @par Example:
3808 * @code
3809 * $wgExtraNamespaces = array(
3810 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3811 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3812 * 102 => "Aide",
3813 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3814 * );
3815 * @endcode
3816 *
3817 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3818 */
3819 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3820
3821 /**
3822 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3823 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3824 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3825 * @since 1.18
3826 */
3827 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3828
3829 /**
3830 * Namespace aliases.
3831 *
3832 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3833 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3834 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3835 * name.
3836 *
3837 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3838 *
3839 * @par Example:
3840 * @code
3841 * $wgNamespaceAliases = array(
3842 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3843 * 'Help' => 100,
3844 * );
3845 * @endcode
3846 */
3847 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3848
3849 /**
3850 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3851 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3852 *
3853 * Problematic punctuation:
3854 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3855 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3856 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3857 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3858 * corrupted by apache
3859 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3860 *
3861 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3862 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3863 *
3864 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3865 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3866 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3867 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3868 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3869 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3870 *
3871 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3872 *
3873 * Theoretically 0x80-0x9F of ISO 8859-1 should be disallowed, but
3874 * this breaks interlanguage links
3875 */
3876 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3877
3878 /**
3879 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3880 *
3881 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3882 */
3883 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3884
3885 /**
3886 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3887 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3888 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3889 *
3890 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3891 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3892 */
3893 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3894
3895 /**
3896 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3897 */
3898 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3899
3900 /**
3901 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3902 * @{
3903 */
3904
3905 /**
3906 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3907 * database (.cdb) file.
3908 *
3909 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3910 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3911 * formats such as the following:
3912 *
3913 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3914 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3915 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3916 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3917 *
3918 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3919 * data layout.
3920 *
3921 * @var bool|array|string
3922 */
3923 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3924
3925 /**
3926 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3927 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3928 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3929 * - 3: site levels
3930 */
3931 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3932
3933 /**
3934 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3935 */
3936 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3937
3938 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3939
3940 /**
3941 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
3942 * @{
3943 */
3944
3945 /**
3946 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
3947 */
3948 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
3949
3950 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
3951
3952 /**
3953 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
3954 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
3955 * as 'redirected from' links.
3956 *
3957 * @par Example:
3958 * It might look something like this:
3959 * @code
3960 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
3961 * @endcode
3962 *
3963 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
3964 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
3965 * the URL.
3966 */
3967 $wgRedirectSources = false;
3968
3969 /**
3970 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
3971 *
3972 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
3973 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
3974 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
3975 */
3976 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
3977
3978 /**
3979 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
3980 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
3981 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
3982 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
3983 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
3984 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
3985 * NS_FILE.
3986 *
3987 * @par Example:
3988 * @code
3989 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
3990 * @endcode
3991 */
3992 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
3993
3994 /**
3995 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
3996 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
3997 */
3998 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
3999 NS_TALK => true,
4000 NS_USER => true,
4001 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4002 NS_PROJECT => true,
4003 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4004 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4005 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4006 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4007 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4008 NS_HELP => true,
4009 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4010 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4011 ];
4012
4013 /**
4014 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4015 *
4016 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4017 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4018 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4019 *
4020 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4021 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4022 *
4023 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4024 * the new extension registration system.
4025 *
4026 * @since 1.23
4027 */
4028 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4029
4030 /**
4031 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4032 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4033 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4034 * number of articles in the wiki.
4035 */
4036 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4037
4038 /**
4039 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4040 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4041 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4042 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4043 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4044 */
4045 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4046
4047 /**
4048 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4049 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4050 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4051 */
4052 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4053
4054 /**
4055 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4056 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4057 * will make the redirect fail.
4058 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4059 * (bug 10569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4060 *
4061 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4062 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4063 */
4064 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4065
4066 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4067
4068 /************************************************************************//**
4069 * @name Parser settings
4070 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4071 * @{
4072 */
4073
4074 /**
4075 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4076 *
4077 * class The class name
4078 *
4079 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4080 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4081 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4082 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4083 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4084 *
4085 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4086 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4087 *
4088 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4089 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4090 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4091 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4092 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4093 * an extension setup function.
4094 */
4095 $wgParserConf = [
4096 'class' => 'Parser',
4097 # 'preprocessorClass' => 'Preprocessor_Hash',
4098 ];
4099
4100 /**
4101 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4102 */
4103 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4104
4105 /**
4106 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4107 * by PPFrame::expand()
4108 */
4109 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4110
4111 /**
4112 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4113 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4114 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4115 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4116 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4117 *
4118 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4119 */
4120 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4121
4122 /**
4123 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4124 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4125 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4126 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4127 */
4128 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4129
4130 /**
4131 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4132 */
4133 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4134
4135 /**
4136 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4137 *
4138 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4139 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4140 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See bug #44011 for
4141 * more information.
4142 *
4143 * @see wfParseUrl
4144 */
4145 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4146 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4147 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4148 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4149 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4150 ];
4151
4152 /**
4153 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4154 */
4155 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4156
4157 /**
4158 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4159 */
4160 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4161
4162 /**
4163 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4164 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4165 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4166 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4167 *
4168 * @par Examples:
4169 * @code
4170 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4171 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = array( 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' );
4172 * @endcode
4173 */
4174 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4175
4176 /**
4177 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4178 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4179 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4180 * The image will be displayed.
4181 *
4182 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4183 * Or false to disable it
4184 */
4185 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4186
4187 /**
4188 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4189 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4190 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4191 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4192 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4193 * sites they control.
4194 */
4195 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4196
4197 /**
4198 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4199 * array to enable an external tool. Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" is typically
4200 * used. See http://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4201 *
4202 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4203 * parameters will be used instead.
4204 *
4205 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4206 *
4207 * Keys are:
4208 * - driver: May be:
4209 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4210 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4211 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4212 *
4213 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4214 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4215 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4216 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4217 */
4218 $wgTidyConfig = null;
4219
4220 /**
4221 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4222 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4223 */
4224 $wgUseTidy = false;
4225
4226 /**
4227 * The path to the tidy binary.
4228 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4229 */
4230 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4231
4232 /**
4233 * The path to the tidy config file
4234 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4235 */
4236 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4237
4238 /**
4239 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4240 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4241 */
4242 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4243
4244 /**
4245 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4246 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4247 */
4248 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4249
4250 /**
4251 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4252 * Only works for internal tidy.
4253 */
4254 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4255
4256 /**
4257 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4258 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4259 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4260 */
4261 $wgRawHtml = false;
4262
4263 /**
4264 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window
4265 */
4266 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4267
4268 /**
4269 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4270 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4271 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4272 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4273 */
4274 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4275
4276 /**
4277 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4278 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4279 */
4280 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4281
4282 /**
4283 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4284 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4285 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4286 *
4287 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = array( 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org',
4288 * 'mediawiki.org' );
4289 *
4290 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4291 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4292 * etc.
4293 *
4294 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4295 */
4296 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4297
4298 /**
4299 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4300 */
4301 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4302
4303 /**
4304 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4305 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4306 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4307 */
4308 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4309
4310 /**
4311 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4312 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4313 */
4314 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4315
4316 /**
4317 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4318 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4319 */
4320 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4321
4322 /**
4323 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4324 */
4325 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4326
4327 /**
4328 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4329 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4330 */
4331 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4332
4333 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4334
4335 /************************************************************************//**
4336 * @name Statistics
4337 * @{
4338 */
4339
4340 /**
4341 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4342 * as a valid article.
4343 *
4344 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4345 *
4346 * This variable can have the following values:
4347 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4348 * - 'comma': the page must contain a comma to be considered valid
4349 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4350 *
4351 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4352 *
4353 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4354 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4355 * script.
4356 */
4357 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4358
4359 /**
4360 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4361 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4362 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4363 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4364 * numbers between different wikis.
4365 */
4366 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4367
4368 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4369
4370 /************************************************************************//**
4371 * @name User accounts, authentication
4372 * @{
4373 */
4374
4375 /**
4376 * Central ID lookup providers
4377 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4378 * @since 1.27
4379 */
4380 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4381 'local' => [ 'class' => 'LocalIdLookup' ],
4382 ];
4383
4384 /**
4385 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4386 * @var string
4387 */
4388 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4389
4390 /**
4391 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4392 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4393 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4394 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4395 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4396 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4397 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4398 * Statements:
4399 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4400 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4401 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4402 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4403 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4404 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4405 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4406 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4407 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4408 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4409 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4410 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4411 * @since 1.26
4412 */
4413 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4414 'policies' => [
4415 'bureaucrat' => [
4416 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4417 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4418 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4419 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4420 ],
4421 'sysop' => [
4422 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4423 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4424 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4425 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4426 ],
4427 'bot' => [
4428 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4429 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4430 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4431 ],
4432 'default' => [
4433 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4434 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4435 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4436 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4437 ],
4438 ],
4439 'checks' => [
4440 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4441 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4442 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4443 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4444 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4445 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4446 ],
4447 ];
4448
4449 /**
4450 * Disable AuthManager
4451 * @since 1.27
4452 * @deprecated since 1.27, for use during development only
4453 */
4454 $wgDisableAuthManager = false;
4455
4456 /**
4457 * Configure AuthManager
4458 *
4459 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4460 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4461 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4462 * (default is 0).
4463 *
4464 * Elements are:
4465 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4466 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4467 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4468 *
4469 * @since 1.27
4470 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4471 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4472 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4473 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4474 */
4475 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4476
4477 /**
4478 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4479 * @since 1.27
4480 */
4481 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4482 'preauth' => [
4483 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4484 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4485 'sort' => 0,
4486 ],
4487 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4488 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4489 'sort' => 0,
4490 ],
4491 ],
4492 'primaryauth' => [
4493 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4494 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4495 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4496 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4497 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4498 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4499 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4500 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4501 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4502 'args' => [ [
4503 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4504 'authoritative' => false,
4505 ] ],
4506 'sort' => 0,
4507 ],
4508 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4509 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4510 'args' => [ [
4511 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4512 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4513 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4514 // password") if it too fails.
4515 'authoritative' => true,
4516 ] ],
4517 'sort' => 100,
4518 ],
4519 ],
4520 'secondaryauth' => [
4521 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4522 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4523 'sort' => 0,
4524 ],
4525 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4526 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4527 'sort' => 100,
4528 ],
4529 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4530 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4531 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4532 // 'sort' => 100,
4533 // ],
4534 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4535 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4536 'sort' => 200,
4537 ],
4538 ],
4539 ];
4540
4541 /**
4542 * If it has been this long since the last authentication, recommend
4543 * re-authentication before security-sensitive operations (e.g. password or
4544 * email changes). Set negative to disable.
4545 * @since 1.27
4546 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4547 */
4548 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4549 'default' => 300,
4550 ];
4551
4552 /**
4553 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when authentication is not possible.
4554 * @since 1.27
4555 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4556 */
4557 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4558 'default' => true,
4559 ];
4560
4561 /**
4562 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4563 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4564 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4565 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4566 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4567 * @since 1.27
4568 * @var string[]
4569 */
4570 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4571 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4572 ];
4573
4574 /**
4575 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4576 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4577 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4578 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4579 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4580 * @since 1.27
4581 * @var string[]
4582 */
4583 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4584 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4585 ];
4586
4587 /**
4588 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4589 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4590 */
4591 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4592
4593 /**
4594 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4595 * words are allowed.
4596 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4597 */
4598 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4599
4600 /**
4601 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4602 *
4603 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4604 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4605 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4606 *
4607 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4608 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4609 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4610 */
4611 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4612
4613 /**
4614 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4615 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4616 * @since 1.23
4617 */
4618 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4619
4620 /**
4621 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4622 *
4623 * @since 1.24
4624 */
4625 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4626
4627 /**
4628 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4629 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4630 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4631 *
4632 * An advanced example:
4633 * @code
4634 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = array(
4635 * 'class' => 'EncryptedPassword',
4636 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4637 * 'secrets' => array(),
4638 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4639 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4640 * 'cost' => 5,
4641 * );
4642 * @endcode
4643 *
4644 * @since 1.24
4645 */
4646 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4647 'A' => [
4648 'class' => 'MWOldPassword',
4649 ],
4650 'B' => [
4651 'class' => 'MWSaltedPassword',
4652 ],
4653 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4654 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4655 'types' => [
4656 'A',
4657 'pbkdf2',
4658 ],
4659 ],
4660 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4661 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4662 'types' => [
4663 'B',
4664 'pbkdf2',
4665 ],
4666 ],
4667 'bcrypt' => [
4668 'class' => 'BcryptPassword',
4669 'cost' => 9,
4670 ],
4671 'pbkdf2' => [
4672 'class' => 'Pbkdf2Password',
4673 'algo' => 'sha512',
4674 'cost' => '30000',
4675 'length' => '64',
4676 ],
4677 ];
4678
4679 /**
4680 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4681 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4682 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4683 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4684 */
4685 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4686 'username' => true,
4687 'email' => true,
4688 ];
4689
4690 /**
4691 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4692 */
4693 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4694
4695 /**
4696 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4697 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4698 */
4699 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4700
4701 /**
4702 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4703 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4704 */
4705 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4706 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4707 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4708 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4709 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4710 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4711 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4712 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4713 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4714 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4715 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4716 ];
4717
4718 /**
4719 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4720 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4721 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4722 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4723 */
4724 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4725 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4726 'cols' => 80,
4727 'date' => 'default',
4728 'diffonly' => 0,
4729 'disablemail' => 0,
4730 'editfont' => 'default',
4731 'editondblclick' => 0,
4732 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4733 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4734 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4735 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4736 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4737 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4738 'fancysig' => 0,
4739 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4740 'gender' => 'unknown',
4741 'hideminor' => 0,
4742 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4743 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4744 'imagesize' => 2,
4745 'math' => 1,
4746 'minordefault' => 0,
4747 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4748 'nickname' => '',
4749 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4750 'numberheadings' => 0,
4751 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4752 'previewontop' => 1,
4753 'rcdays' => 7,
4754 'rclimit' => 50,
4755 'rows' => 25,
4756 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4757 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4758 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4759 'skin' => false,
4760 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4761 'thumbsize' => 5,
4762 'underline' => 2,
4763 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4764 'usenewrc' => 1,
4765 'watchcreations' => 1,
4766 'watchdefault' => 1,
4767 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4768 'watchuploads' => 1,
4769 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4770 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4771 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4772 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4773 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4774 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4775 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4776 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4777 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4778 'watchmoves' => 0,
4779 'watchrollback' => 0,
4780 'wllimit' => 250,
4781 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4782 'prefershttps' => 1,
4783 ];
4784
4785 /**
4786 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4787 */
4788 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4789
4790 /**
4791 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4792 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4793 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4794 */
4795 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4796
4797 /**
4798 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4799 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4800 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4801 *
4802 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4803 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4804 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4805 */
4806 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4807
4808 /**
4809 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4810 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4811 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4812 * @since 1.17
4813 */
4814 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4815
4816 /**
4817 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4818 *
4819 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4820 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4821 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4822 *
4823 * @since 1.27
4824 * @var string|null
4825 */
4826 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4827
4828 /**
4829 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4830 *
4831 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4832 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4833 *
4834 * @since 1.27
4835 */
4836 $wgSessionProviders = [
4837 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4838 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4839 'args' => [ [
4840 'priority' => 30,
4841 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4842 ] ],
4843 ],
4844 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4845 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4846 'args' => [ [
4847 'priority' => 75,
4848 ] ],
4849 ],
4850 ];
4851
4852 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4853
4854 /************************************************************************//**
4855 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4856 * @{
4857 */
4858
4859 /**
4860 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4861 */
4862 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4863
4864 /**
4865 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4866 */
4867 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4868
4869 /**
4870 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4871 */
4872 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4873
4874 /**
4875 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
4876 *
4877 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
4878 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
4879 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
4880 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
4881 *
4882 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
4883 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
4884 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
4885 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
4886 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
4887 */
4888 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
4889 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
4890 'IPv6' => 19,
4891 ];
4892
4893 /**
4894 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
4895 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
4896 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
4897 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
4898 * anonymous visitors.
4899 */
4900 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
4901
4902 /**
4903 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
4904 *
4905 * @par Example:
4906 * @code
4907 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
4908 * @endcode
4909 *
4910 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
4911 *
4912 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
4913 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
4914 *
4915 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
4916 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
4917 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
4918 */
4919 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
4920
4921 /**
4922 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
4923 *
4924 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
4925 * is without underscore.
4926 *
4927 * @par Example:
4928 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
4929 * @code
4930 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = array( "/Main Page/" );
4931 * @endcode
4932 *
4933 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
4934 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
4935 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
4936 *
4937 * @par Example:
4938 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
4939 * @code
4940 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = array( "@^UsEr.*@i" );
4941 * @endcode
4942 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
4943 *
4944 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
4945 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
4946 */
4947 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
4948
4949 /**
4950 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
4951 * address before being allowed to edit?
4952 */
4953 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
4954
4955 /**
4956 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
4957 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
4958 */
4959 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
4960
4961 /**
4962 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
4963 *
4964 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
4965 * array of the format (right => boolean).
4966 *
4967 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
4968 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
4969 *
4970 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
4971 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
4972 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
4973 * in in the user_groups table.
4974 *
4975 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = array(); unless you know what you're
4976 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
4977 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
4978 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
4979 *
4980 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
4981 * for security. Use at your own risk!
4982 *
4983 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
4984 */
4985 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
4986
4987 /** @cond file_level_code */
4988 // Implicit group for all visitors
4989 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
4990 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
4991 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
4992 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
4993 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
4994 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
4995 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyusercss'] = true;
4996 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
4997 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
4998 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
4999 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5000 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5001 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5002 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5003
5004 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5005 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5006 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5007 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5008 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5009 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5010 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5011 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5012 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5013 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5014 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5015 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5016 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5017 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5018 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5019 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true; // can use ?action=purge without clicking "ok"
5020 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5021 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5022 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5023
5024 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5025 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5026 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5027
5028 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5029 // from various log pages by default
5030 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5031 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5032 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5033 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5034 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5035 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5036 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5037 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5038
5039 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5040 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5041 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5042 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5043 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5044 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5045 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5046 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5047 // can view deleted revision text
5048 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5049 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5050 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5051 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5052 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5053 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5054 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5055 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5056 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5057 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5058 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5059 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5060 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5061 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5062 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5063 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5064 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5065 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5066 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5067 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5068 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5069 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5070 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5071 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5072 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5073 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5074 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5075 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5076 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5077 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5078 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5079 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5080 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5081 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5082 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5083 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5084 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5085
5086 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5087 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5088 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5089 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5090 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5091 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5092 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5093
5094 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5095 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5096 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5097 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5098 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5099 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5100 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5101 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5102 // For private suppression log access
5103 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5104
5105 /**
5106 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5107 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5108 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5109 * server.
5110 */
5111 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5112
5113 /** @endcond */
5114
5115 /**
5116 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5117 *
5118 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5119 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5120 *
5121 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5122 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5123 */
5124 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5125
5126 /**
5127 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5128 */
5129 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5130
5131 /**
5132 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5133 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5134 *
5135 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5136 * group".
5137 *
5138 * @par Example:
5139 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5140 * @code
5141 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = array( 'sysop' => array( 'bot' ) );
5142 * @endcode
5143 *
5144 * @par Example:
5145 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5146 * @code
5147 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = array( '*' => true );
5148 * @endcode
5149 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5150 * any group that they happen to be in.
5151 */
5152 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5153
5154 /**
5155 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5156 */
5157 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5158
5159 /**
5160 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5161 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5162 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5163 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5164 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5165 */
5166 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5167
5168 /**
5169 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5170 *
5171 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5172 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5173 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5174 *
5175 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5176 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5177 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5178 */
5179 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5180
5181 /**
5182 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5183 *
5184 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5185 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5186 *
5187 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5188 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5189 */
5190 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5191
5192 /**
5193 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5194 *
5195 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5196 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5197 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5198 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5199 * "semiprotected".
5200 *
5201 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5202 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5203 */
5204 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5205
5206 /**
5207 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5208 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5209 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5210 *
5211 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5212 */
5213 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5214
5215 /**
5216 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5217 *
5218 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5219 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5220 *
5221 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5222 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5223 */
5224 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5225
5226 /**
5227 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5228 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5229 * privileges of new accounts.
5230 *
5231 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5232 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5233 *
5234 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5235 *
5236 * @par Example:
5237 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5238 * @code
5239 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5240 * @endcode
5241 * Set age to one day:
5242 * @code
5243 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5244 * @endcode
5245 */
5246 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5247
5248 /**
5249 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5250 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5251 *
5252 * @par Example:
5253 * @code
5254 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5255 * @endcode
5256 */
5257 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5258
5259 /**
5260 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5261 *
5262 * @todo Redocument $wgAutopromote
5263 *
5264 * The format is
5265 * array( '&' or '|' or '^' or '!', cond1, cond2, ... )
5266 * where cond1, cond2, ... are themselves conditions; *OR*
5267 * APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED, *OR*
5268 * array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ), *OR*
5269 * array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ), *OR*
5270 * array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ), *OR*
5271 * array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ), *OR*
5272 * array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ), *OR*
5273 * array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ), *OR*
5274 * array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ), *OR*
5275 * array( APCOND_BLOCKED ), *OR*
5276 * array( APCOND_ISBOT ), *OR*
5277 * similar constructs defined by extensions.
5278 *
5279 * If $wgEmailAuthentication is off, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5280 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5281 */
5282 $wgAutopromote = [
5283 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5284 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5285 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5286 ],
5287 ];
5288
5289 /**
5290 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5291 *
5292 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5293 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5294 *
5295 * The format is:
5296 * @code
5297 * array( event => criteria, ... )
5298 * @endcode
5299 * Where event is either:
5300 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5301 *
5302 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5303 *
5304 * @see $wgAutopromote
5305 * @since 1.18
5306 */
5307 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5308 'onEdit' => [],
5309 ];
5310
5311 /**
5312 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5313 * @since 1.18
5314 */
5315 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5316
5317 /**
5318 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5319 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5320 *
5321 * @par Example:
5322 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5323 * @code
5324 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5325 * @endcode
5326 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5327 * @code
5328 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = array( 'bot', 'sysop' );
5329 * @endcode
5330 * Sysops can make bots:
5331 * @code
5332 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = array( 'bot' );
5333 * @endcode
5334 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5335 * @code
5336 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = array( 'sysop', 'bot' );
5337 * @endcode
5338 */
5339 $wgAddGroups = [];
5340
5341 /**
5342 * @see $wgAddGroups
5343 */
5344 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5345
5346 /**
5347 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5348 * For extensions only.
5349 */
5350 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5351
5352 /**
5353 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5354 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5355 */
5356 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5357
5358 /**
5359 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5360 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5361 * This is limited for performance reason.
5362 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5363 * @since 1.23
5364 */
5365 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5366
5367 /**
5368 * Number of accounts each IP address may create, 0 to disable.
5369 *
5370 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5371 */
5372 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = 0;
5373
5374 /**
5375 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5376 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5377 *
5378 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5379 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5380 *
5381 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5382 *
5383 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5384 */
5385 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5386
5387 /**
5388 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5389 */
5390 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5391
5392 /**
5393 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5394 * proxies
5395 * @since 1.16
5396 */
5397 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5398
5399 /**
5400 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5401 *
5402 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5403 * the blacklist require a key).
5404 *
5405 * @par Example:
5406 * @code
5407 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = array(
5408 * // String containing URL
5409 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5410 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5411 * array( 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ),
5412 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5413 * // just use a string as shown above
5414 * array( 'opm.tornevall.org.' )
5415 * );
5416 * @endcode
5417 *
5418 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5419 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5420 * @since 1.16
5421 */
5422 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5423
5424 /**
5425 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5426 * what the other methods might say.
5427 */
5428 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5429
5430 /**
5431 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5432 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5433 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5434 */
5435 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5436
5437 /**
5438 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5439 *
5440 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5441 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5442 * elapses.
5443 *
5444 * @par Example:
5445 * To set a generic maximum of 4 hits in 60 seconds:
5446 * @code
5447 * $wgRateLimits = array( 4, 60 );
5448 * @endcode
5449 *
5450 * @par Example:
5451 * You could also limit per action and then type of users.
5452 * @code
5453 * $wgRateLimits = array(
5454 * 'edit' => array(
5455 * 'anon' => array( x, y ), // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5456 * 'user' => array( x, y ), // each logged-in user
5457 * 'newbie' => array( x, y ), // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5458 * 'ip' => array( x, y ), // each anon and recent account
5459 * 'subnet' => array( x, y ), // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5460 * )
5461 * )
5462 * @endcode
5463 *
5464 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5465 */
5466 $wgRateLimits = [
5467 // Page edits
5468 'edit' => [
5469 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5470 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5471 ],
5472 // Page moves
5473 'move' => [
5474 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5475 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5476 ],
5477 // File uploads
5478 'upload' => [
5479 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5480 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5481 ],
5482 // Page rollbacks
5483 'rollback' => [
5484 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5485 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5486 ],
5487 // Triggering password resets emails
5488 'mailpassword' => [
5489 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5490 ],
5491 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5492 'emailuser' => [
5493 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5494 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5495 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5496 ],
5497 // Purging pages
5498 'purge' => [
5499 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5500 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5501 ],
5502 // Purges of link tables
5503 'linkpurge' => [
5504 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5505 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5506 ],
5507 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5508 'renderfile' => [
5509 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5510 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5511 ],
5512 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5513 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5514 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5515 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5516 ],
5517 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5518 'stashedit' => [
5519 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5520 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5521 ],
5522 // Adding or removing change tags
5523 'changetag' => [
5524 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5525 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5526 ],
5527 ];
5528
5529 /**
5530 * Array of IPs which should be excluded from rate limits.
5531 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5532 */
5533 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5534
5535 /**
5536 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5537 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5538 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5539 */
5540 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5541
5542 /**
5543 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5544 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5545 */
5546 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5547
5548 /**
5549 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5550 *
5551 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5552 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5553 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5554 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5555 *
5556 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5557 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5558 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5559 */
5560 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5561 // Short term limit
5562 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5563 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5564 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5565 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5566 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60*60*48 ],
5567 ];
5568
5569 /**
5570 * @var Array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5571 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5572 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5573 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5574 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5575 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5576 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5577 * @since 1.27
5578 */
5579 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5580
5581 // @TODO: clean up grants
5582 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5583
5584 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5585 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5586 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoreview'] = true;
5587 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5588 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5589 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5590 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5591 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5592 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5593 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5594 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['torunblocked'] = true;
5595 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5596
5597 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5598 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5599 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5600 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5601
5602 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5603 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5604 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5605 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5606
5607 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5608 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5609
5610 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5611 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5612 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5613
5614 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5615
5616 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5617 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5618 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5619 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5620
5621 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5622 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5623 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5624 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5625 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5626 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5627 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5628
5629 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5630 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5631
5632 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5633 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5634 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5635 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5636 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5637 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5638
5639 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5640
5641 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5642
5643 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5644 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5645
5646 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5647 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5648 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5649
5650 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5651 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5652 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5653 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5654 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5655 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5656 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5657
5658 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5659 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5660
5661 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5662
5663 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5664
5665 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5666
5667 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5668
5669 /**
5670 * @var Array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5671 * @since 1.27
5672 */
5673 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5674 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5675 'basic' => 'hidden',
5676
5677 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5678 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5679 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5680 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5681
5682 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5683 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5684
5685 'sendemail' => 'email',
5686
5687 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5688 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5689
5690 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5691 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5692
5693 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5694 'rollback' => 'administration',
5695 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5696 'delete' => 'administration',
5697 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5698 'protect' => 'administration',
5699 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5700
5701 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5702 ];
5703
5704 /**
5705 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5706 * @since 1.27
5707 */
5708 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5709
5710 /**
5711 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5712 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5713 * @since 1.27
5714 */
5715 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5716
5717 /**
5718 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5719 *
5720 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5721 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5722 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5723 * @since 1.27
5724 */
5725 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5726
5727 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5728
5729 /************************************************************************//**
5730 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5731 * @{
5732 */
5733
5734 /**
5735 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5736 */
5737 $wgSecretKey = false;
5738
5739 /**
5740 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5741 *
5742 * This can have the following formats:
5743 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5744 * or the keys (for backward compatibility)
5745 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5746 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5747 */
5748 $wgProxyList = [];
5749
5750 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5751
5752 /************************************************************************//**
5753 * @name Cookie settings
5754 * @{
5755 */
5756
5757 /**
5758 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5759 */
5760 $wgCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5761
5762 /**
5763 * The identifiers of the login cookies that can have their lifetimes
5764 * extended independently of all other login cookies.
5765 *
5766 * @var string[]
5767 */
5768 $wgExtendedLoginCookies = [ 'UserID', 'Token' ];
5769
5770 /**
5771 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5772 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5773 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5774 * login cookies session-only.
5775 */
5776 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = null;
5777
5778 /**
5779 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5780 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5781 */
5782 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5783
5784 /**
5785 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5786 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5787 */
5788 $wgCookiePath = '/';
5789
5790 /**
5791 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
5792 * - true: Set secure flag
5793 * - false: Don't set secure flag
5794 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
5795 */
5796 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
5797
5798 /**
5799 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
5800 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
5801 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
5802 * check.
5803 */
5804 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
5805
5806 /**
5807 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
5808 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
5809 * name to be used as a prefix.
5810 */
5811 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
5812
5813 /**
5814 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
5815 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
5816 * XSS attack.
5817 */
5818 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
5819
5820 /**
5821 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
5822 */
5823 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
5824
5825 /**
5826 * Override to customise the session name
5827 */
5828 $wgSessionName = false;
5829
5830 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
5831
5832 /************************************************************************//**
5833 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
5834 * @{
5835 */
5836
5837 /**
5838 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
5839 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
5840 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
5841 * Please see math/README for more information.
5842 */
5843 $wgUseTeX = false;
5844
5845 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
5846
5847 /************************************************************************//**
5848 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
5849 *
5850 * To enable profiling, edit StartProfiler.php
5851 *
5852 * @{
5853 */
5854
5855 /**
5856 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
5857 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
5858 * may contain private data.
5859 */
5860 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
5861
5862 /**
5863 * Prefix for debug log lines
5864 */
5865 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
5866
5867 /**
5868 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
5869 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
5870 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
5871 */
5872 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
5873
5874 /**
5875 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
5876 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
5877 * and gen=js requests.
5878 */
5879 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
5880
5881 /**
5882 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
5883 *
5884 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
5885 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
5886 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
5887 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
5888 */
5889 $wgDebugComments = false;
5890
5891 /**
5892 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
5893 *
5894 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
5895 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
5896 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
5897 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
5898 */
5899 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
5900
5901 /**
5902 * Performance expectations for DB usage
5903 *
5904 * @since 1.26
5905 */
5906 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
5907 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
5908 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
5909 'GET' => [
5910 'masterConns' => 0,
5911 'writes' => 0,
5912 'readQueryTime' => 5
5913 ],
5914 // HTTP POST requests.
5915 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
5916 'POST' => [
5917 'readQueryTime' => 5,
5918 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
5919 'maxAffected' => 500
5920 ],
5921 'POST-nonwrite' => [
5922 'masterConns' => 0,
5923 'writes' => 0,
5924 'readQueryTime' => 5
5925 ],
5926 // Background job runner
5927 'JobRunner' => [
5928 'readQueryTime' => 30,
5929 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
5930 'maxAffected' => 1000
5931 ],
5932 // Command-line scripts
5933 'Maintenance' => [
5934 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
5935 'maxAffected' => 1000
5936 ]
5937 ];
5938
5939 /**
5940 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
5941 *
5942 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
5943 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
5944 * in production.
5945 *
5946 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
5947 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
5948 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
5949 * - associative array with keys:
5950 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
5951 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
5952 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
5953 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
5954 *
5955 * @par Example:
5956 * @code
5957 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
5958 * @endcode
5959 *
5960 * @par Advanced example:
5961 * @code
5962 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = array(
5963 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
5964 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
5965 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
5966 * );
5967 * @endcode
5968 */
5969 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
5970
5971 /**
5972 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
5973 *
5974 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
5975 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
5976 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
5977 * details.
5978 *
5979 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
5980 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
5981 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
5982 *
5983 * @par To completely disable logging:
5984 * @code
5985 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = array( 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\NullSpi' );
5986 * @endcode
5987 *
5988 * @since 1.25
5989 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
5990 * @see MwLogger
5991 */
5992 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
5993 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\LegacySpi',
5994 ];
5995
5996 /**
5997 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
5998 *
5999 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6000 */
6001 $wgShowDebug = false;
6002
6003 /**
6004 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6005 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6006 */
6007 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6008
6009 /**
6010 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6011 */
6012 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6013
6014 /**
6015 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6016 */
6017 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6018
6019 /**
6020 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6021 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6022 * to an attacker.
6023 */
6024 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6025
6026 /**
6027 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6028 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6029 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6030 * formatting.
6031 */
6032 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6033
6034 /**
6035 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6036 *
6037 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6038 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6039 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6040 * exception handler.
6041 */
6042 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6043
6044 /**
6045 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6046 */
6047 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6048
6049 /**
6050 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6051 */
6052 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6053
6054 /**
6055 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6056 * Should be a string, default false.
6057 * @since 1.20
6058 */
6059 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6060
6061 /**
6062 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6063 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6064 */
6065 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6066
6067 /**
6068 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6069 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6070 * after the limit.
6071 */
6072 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6073
6074 /**
6075 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6076 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6077 */
6078 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6079
6080 /**
6081 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6082 *
6083 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6084 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6085 */
6086 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6087
6088 /**
6089 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6090 *
6091 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6092 *
6093 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6094 *
6095 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6096 * @since 1.25
6097 */
6098 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6099
6100 /**
6101 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6102 *
6103 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6104 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6105 * @since 1.25
6106 */
6107 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6108
6109 /**
6110 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6111 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6112 * templates.
6113 */
6114 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6115
6116 /**
6117 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6118 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6119 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6120 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6121 */
6122 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6123
6124 /**
6125 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6126 * filename is passed to it.
6127 *
6128 * Extensions may add their own tests to this array, or site-local tests
6129 * may be added via LocalSettings.php
6130 *
6131 * Use full paths.
6132 */
6133 $wgParserTestFiles = [
6134 "$IP/tests/parser/parserTests.txt",
6135 "$IP/tests/parser/extraParserTests.txt"
6136 ];
6137
6138 /**
6139 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6140 */
6141 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6142
6143 /**
6144 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6145 * @since 1.19
6146 */
6147 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6148
6149 /**
6150 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6151 * queries and other useful output.
6152 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6153 *
6154 * @since 1.19
6155 */
6156 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6157
6158 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6159
6160 /************************************************************************//**
6161 * @name Search
6162 * @{
6163 */
6164
6165 /**
6166 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6167 */
6168 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6169
6170 /**
6171 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6172 * by default off due to execution overhead
6173 */
6174 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6175
6176 /**
6177 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6178 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6179 */
6180 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6181
6182 /**
6183 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6184 *
6185 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6186 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6187 *
6188 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6189 *
6190 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6191 */
6192 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6193
6194 /**
6195 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6196 *
6197 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6198 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6199 *
6200 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6201 */
6202 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6203 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6204 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6205 ];
6206
6207 /**
6208 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6209 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6210 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6211 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6212 */
6213 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6214
6215 /**
6216 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6217 * OpenSearch call.
6218 */
6219 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6220
6221 /**
6222 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6223 */
6224 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6225
6226 /**
6227 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6228 */
6229 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6230
6231 /**
6232 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6233 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6234 */
6235 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6236
6237 /**
6238 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6239 *
6240 * @par Example:
6241 * @code
6242 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6243 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6244 * @endcode
6245 */
6246 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6247 NS_MAIN => true,
6248 ];
6249
6250 /**
6251 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6252 * implemented by an extension instead.
6253 */
6254 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6255
6256 /**
6257 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6258 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6259 * search term.
6260 *
6261 * @par Example:
6262 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6263 * @code
6264 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6265 * 'http://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6266 * '&domains=http://example.com' .
6267 * '&sitesearch=http://example.com' .
6268 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6269 * @endcode
6270 */
6271 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6272
6273 /**
6274 * Search form behavior.
6275 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6276 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6277 */
6278 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6279
6280 /**
6281 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6282 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6283 * generated for all namespaces.
6284 */
6285 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6286
6287 /**
6288 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6289 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6290 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6291 *
6292 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6293 * @par Example:
6294 * @code
6295 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = array(
6296 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6297 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6298 * );
6299 * @endcode
6300 */
6301 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6302
6303 /**
6304 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6305 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6306 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6307 */
6308 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6309
6310 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6311
6312 /************************************************************************//**
6313 * @name Edit user interface
6314 * @{
6315 */
6316
6317 /**
6318 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6319 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6320 */
6321 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6322
6323 /**
6324 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6325 */
6326 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6327
6328 /**
6329 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6330 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6331 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6332 */
6333 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6334 NS_CATEGORY => true
6335 ];
6336
6337 /**
6338 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6339 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6340 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6341 */
6342 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6343
6344 /**
6345 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6346 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6347 * ting this variable false.
6348 */
6349 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6350
6351 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6352
6353 /************************************************************************//**
6354 * @name Maintenance
6355 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6356 * @{
6357 */
6358
6359 /**
6360 * @cond file_level_code
6361 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6362 */
6363 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6364 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6365 }
6366 /** @endcond */
6367
6368 /**
6369 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6370 */
6371 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6372
6373 /**
6374 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6375 * used as an explanation to users.
6376 *
6377 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6378 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6379 * option in MySQL.
6380 */
6381 $wgReadOnly = null;
6382
6383 /**
6384 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6385 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6386 * message.
6387 *
6388 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6389 */
6390 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6391
6392 /**
6393 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6394 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6395 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6396 *
6397 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6398 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6399 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6400 */
6401 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6402
6403 /**
6404 * Fully specified path to git binary
6405 */
6406 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6407
6408 /**
6409 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6410 *
6411 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6412 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6413 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6414 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6415 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6416 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6417 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6418 *
6419 * @since 1.20
6420 */
6421 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6422 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6423 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6424 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6425 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6426 ];
6427
6428 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6429
6430 /************************************************************************//**
6431 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6432 * @{
6433 */
6434
6435 /**
6436 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6437 * seconds will go.
6438 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6439 */
6440 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6441
6442 /**
6443 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6444 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6445 * @since 1.26
6446 */
6447 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6448
6449 /**
6450 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6451 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6452 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6453 * @since 1.26
6454 */
6455 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6456
6457 /**
6458 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6459 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6460 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6461 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6462 * is still there.
6463 */
6464 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6465
6466 /**
6467 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6468 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6469 */
6470 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6471
6472 /**
6473 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6474 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6475 */
6476 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6477
6478 /**
6479 * Destinations to which notifications about recent changes
6480 * should be sent.
6481 *
6482 * As of MediaWiki 1.22, there are 2 supported 'engine' parameter option in core:
6483 * * 'UDPRCFeedEngine', which is used to send recent changes over UDP to the
6484 * specified server.
6485 * * 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine', which is used to send recent changes to Redis.
6486 *
6487 * The common options are:
6488 * * 'uri' -- the address to which the notices are to be sent.
6489 * * 'formatter' -- the class name (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6490 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6491 * * 'omit_bots' -- whether the bot edits should be in the feed
6492 * * 'omit_anon' -- whether anonymous edits should be in the feed
6493 * * 'omit_user' -- whether edits by registered users should be in the feed
6494 * * 'omit_minor' -- whether minor edits should be in the feed
6495 * * 'omit_patrolled' -- whether patrolled edits should be in the feed
6496 *
6497 * The IRC-specific options are:
6498 * * 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6499 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6500 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6501 *
6502 * The JSON-specific options are:
6503 * * 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6504 *
6505 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = array(
6506 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6507 * 'uri' => "udp://localhost:1336",
6508 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6509 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6510 * );
6511 * @example $wgRCFeeds['exampleirc'] = array(
6512 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6513 * 'uri' => "udp://localhost:1338",
6514 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6515 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6516 * );
6517 * @since 1.22
6518 */
6519 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6520
6521 /**
6522 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine to use for a given URI scheme.
6523 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of engine classes.
6524 */
6525 $wgRCEngines = [
6526 'redis' => 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine',
6527 'udp' => 'UDPRCFeedEngine',
6528 ];
6529
6530 /**
6531 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6532 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6533 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6534 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6535 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6536 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6537 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6538 *
6539 * @since 1.27
6540 */
6541 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6542
6543 /**
6544 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6545 * New pages and new files are included.
6546 */
6547 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6548
6549 /**
6550 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6551 */
6552 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6553
6554 /**
6555 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6556 *
6557 * @since 1.27
6558 */
6559 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6560
6561 /**
6562 * Log autopatrol actions to the log table
6563 */
6564 $wgLogAutopatrol = true;
6565
6566 /**
6567 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6568 */
6569 $wgFeed = true;
6570
6571 /**
6572 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6573 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6574 */
6575 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6576
6577 /**
6578 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6579 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6580 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6581 *
6582 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6583 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6584 */
6585 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6586
6587 /**
6588 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6589 * pages larger than this size.
6590 */
6591 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6592
6593 /**
6594 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6595 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6596 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6597 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6598 * as value.
6599 * @par Example:
6600 * Configure the 'atom' feed to http://example.com/somefeed.xml
6601 * @code
6602 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "http://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6603 * @endcode
6604 */
6605 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6606
6607 /**
6608 * Available feeds objects.
6609 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6610 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6611 */
6612 $wgFeedClasses = [
6613 'rss' => 'RSSFeed',
6614 'atom' => 'AtomFeed',
6615 ];
6616
6617 /**
6618 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6619 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6620 */
6621 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6622
6623 /**
6624 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6625 */
6626 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6627
6628 /**
6629 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6630 */
6631 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6632
6633 /**
6634 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6635 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6636 * highlighted on the RC page.
6637 */
6638 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6639
6640 /**
6641 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6642 * view for watched pages with new changes
6643 */
6644 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6645
6646 /**
6647 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
6648 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
6649 */
6650 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
6651
6652 /**
6653 * Enable filtering of categories in Recentchanges
6654 */
6655 $wgAllowCategorizedRecentChanges = false;
6656
6657 /**
6658 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
6659 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
6660 */
6661 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
6662
6663 /**
6664 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
6665 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
6666 * watchers.
6667 *
6668 * @since 1.21
6669 */
6670 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
6671
6672 /**
6673 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
6674 * certain types of edits.
6675 *
6676 * To register a new one:
6677 * @code
6678 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => array(
6679 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
6680 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
6681 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
6682 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
6683 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
6684 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
6685 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
6686 * 'class' => 'css-class',
6687 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
6688 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
6689 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
6690 * 'grouping' => 'any',
6691 * );
6692 * @endcode
6693 *
6694 * @since 1.22
6695 */
6696 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
6697 'newpage' => [
6698 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
6699 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
6700 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
6701 'grouping' => 'any',
6702 ],
6703 'minor' => [
6704 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
6705 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
6706 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
6707 'class' => 'minoredit',
6708 'grouping' => 'all',
6709 ],
6710 'bot' => [
6711 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
6712 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
6713 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
6714 'class' => 'botedit',
6715 'grouping' => 'all',
6716 ],
6717 'unpatrolled' => [
6718 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
6719 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
6720 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
6721 'grouping' => 'any',
6722 ],
6723 ];
6724
6725 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
6726
6727 /************************************************************************//**
6728 * @name Copyright and credits settings
6729 * @{
6730 */
6731
6732 /**
6733 * Override for copyright metadata.
6734 *
6735 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
6736 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
6737 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
6738 */
6739 $wgRightsPage = null;
6740
6741 /**
6742 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
6743 * wiki.
6744 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
6745 */
6746 $wgRightsUrl = null;
6747
6748 /**
6749 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
6750 * link.
6751 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
6752 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
6753 */
6754 $wgRightsText = null;
6755
6756 /**
6757 * Override for copyright metadata.
6758 */
6759 $wgRightsIcon = null;
6760
6761 /**
6762 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
6763 */
6764 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
6765
6766 /**
6767 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
6768 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
6769 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
6770 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
6771 * large wikis.
6772 */
6773 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
6774
6775 /**
6776 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
6777 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
6778 */
6779 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
6780
6781 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
6782
6783 /************************************************************************//**
6784 * @name Import / Export
6785 * @{
6786 */
6787
6788 /**
6789 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
6790 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
6791 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
6792 *
6793 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
6794 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
6795 * e.g.
6796 * @code
6797 * $wgImportSources = array(
6798 * 'wikipedia' => array( 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ),
6799 * 'wikispecies',
6800 * 'wikia' => array( 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ),
6801 * );
6802 * @endcode
6803 *
6804 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
6805 * the ImportSources hook.
6806 *
6807 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
6808 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
6809 */
6810 $wgImportSources = [];
6811
6812 /**
6813 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
6814 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
6815 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
6816 *
6817 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
6818 */
6819 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
6820
6821 /**
6822 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
6823 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
6824 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
6825 */
6826 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
6827
6828 /**
6829 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
6830 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
6831 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
6832 */
6833 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
6834
6835 /**
6836 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
6837 */
6838 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
6839
6840 /**
6841 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
6842 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
6843 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
6844 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
6845 * it's disabled by default for now.
6846 *
6847 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
6848 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
6849 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
6850 */
6851 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
6852
6853 /**
6854 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
6855 */
6856 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
6857
6858 /**
6859 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
6860 */
6861 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
6862
6863 /**
6864 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
6865 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
6866 *
6867 * @since 1.27
6868 */
6869 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
6870
6871 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
6872
6873 /*************************************************************************//**
6874 * @name Extensions
6875 * @{
6876 */
6877
6878 /**
6879 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
6880 * initialised
6881 */
6882 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
6883
6884 /**
6885 * Extension messages files.
6886 *
6887 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
6888 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
6889 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
6890 * is the most common.
6891 *
6892 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
6893 * in the core.
6894 *
6895 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
6896 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
6897 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
6898 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
6899 *
6900 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
6901 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
6902 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
6903 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
6904 *
6905 * @par Example:
6906 * @code
6907 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
6908 * @endcode
6909 */
6910 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
6911
6912 /**
6913 * Extension messages directories.
6914 *
6915 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
6916 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
6917 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
6918 * message directories.
6919 *
6920 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
6921 *
6922 * @par Simple example:
6923 * @code
6924 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
6925 * @endcode
6926 *
6927 * @par Complex example:
6928 * @code
6929 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = array(
6930 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
6931 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
6932 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
6933 * )
6934 * @endcode
6935 * @since 1.23
6936 */
6937 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
6938
6939 /**
6940 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
6941 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
6942 * @since 1.22
6943 */
6944 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
6945
6946 /**
6947 * Parser output hooks.
6948 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
6949 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
6950 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
6951 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
6952 *
6953 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
6954 *
6955 * The callback has the form:
6956 * @code
6957 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
6958 * @endcode
6959 */
6960 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
6961
6962 /**
6963 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
6964 */
6965 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
6966
6967 /**
6968 * List of valid skin names
6969 *
6970 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
6971 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
6972 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
6973 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
6974 */
6975 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
6976
6977 /**
6978 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
6979 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
6980 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
6981 * SpecialPage.
6982 */
6983 $wgSpecialPages = [];
6984
6985 /**
6986 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
6987 */
6988 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
6989
6990 /**
6991 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
6992 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
6993 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
6994 */
6995 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
6996
6997 /**
6998 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
6999 *
7000 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7001 *
7002 * @code
7003 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = array(
7004 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7005 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7006 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7007 * 'author' => array(
7008 * 'Foo Barstein',
7009 * ),
7010 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7011 * 'url' => 'http://example.org/example-extension/',
7012 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7013 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0+',
7014 * );
7015 * @endcode
7016 *
7017 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7018 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7019 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7020 * interpreted as wikitext.
7021 *
7022 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7023 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7024 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7025 *
7026 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7027 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7028 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7029 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7030 *
7031 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7032 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7033 * usually are.)
7034 *
7035 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7036 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7037 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7038 * for instance "[http://example ...]".
7039 *
7040 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7041 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7042 *
7043 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7044 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7045 *
7046 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7047 * as "GPL-2.0+" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7048 */
7049 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7050
7051 /**
7052 * Authentication plugin.
7053 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7054 */
7055 $wgAuth = null;
7056
7057 /**
7058 * Global list of hooks.
7059 *
7060 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7061 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7062 * internally by Hook:run().
7063 *
7064 * The value can be one of:
7065 *
7066 * - A function name:
7067 * @code
7068 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7069 * @endcode
7070 * - A function with some data:
7071 * @code
7072 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = array( $function, $data );
7073 * @endcode
7074 * - A an object method:
7075 * @code
7076 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = array( $object, 'method' );
7077 * @endcode
7078 * - A closure:
7079 * @code
7080 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7081 * // Handler code goes here.
7082 * };
7083 * @endcode
7084 *
7085 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7086 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7087 *
7088 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7089 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7090 */
7091 $wgHooks = [];
7092
7093 /**
7094 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7095 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7096 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7097 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7098 * hook for that.
7099 *
7100 * @see MediaWikiServices
7101 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7102 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7103 */
7104 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7105 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7106 ];
7107
7108 /**
7109 * Maps jobs to their handling classes; extensions
7110 * can add to this to provide custom jobs
7111 */
7112 $wgJobClasses = [
7113 'refreshLinks' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7114 'deleteLinks' => 'DeleteLinksJob',
7115 'htmlCacheUpdate' => 'HTMLCacheUpdateJob',
7116 'sendMail' => 'EmaillingJob',
7117 'enotifNotify' => 'EnotifNotifyJob',
7118 'fixDoubleRedirect' => 'DoubleRedirectJob',
7119 'AssembleUploadChunks' => 'AssembleUploadChunksJob',
7120 'PublishStashedFile' => 'PublishStashedFileJob',
7121 'ThumbnailRender' => 'ThumbnailRenderJob',
7122 'recentChangesUpdate' => 'RecentChangesUpdateJob',
7123 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7124 'refreshLinksDynamic' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7125 'activityUpdateJob' => 'ActivityUpdateJob',
7126 'categoryMembershipChange' => 'CategoryMembershipChangeJob',
7127 'cdnPurge' => 'CdnPurgeJob',
7128 'enqueue' => 'EnqueueJob', // local queue for multi-DC setups
7129 'null' => 'NullJob'
7130 ];
7131
7132 /**
7133 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7134 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7135 *
7136 * These can be:
7137 * - Very long-running jobs.
7138 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7139 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7140 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7141 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7142 */
7143 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7144
7145 /**
7146 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7147 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7148 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7149 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7150 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7151 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7152 * @var float[]
7153 */
7154 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7155
7156 /**
7157 * Make job runners commit changes for slave-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7158 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on slave lag checks.
7159 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7160 *
7161 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7162 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7163 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7164 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7165 *
7166 * @var float|bool
7167 * @since 1.26
7168 */
7169 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7170
7171 /**
7172 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7173 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7174 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7175 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7176 */
7177 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7178 'default' => [ 'class' => 'JobQueueDB', 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7179 ];
7180
7181 /**
7182 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7183 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7184 */
7185 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7186 'class' => 'JobQueueAggregatorNull'
7187 ];
7188
7189 /**
7190 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7191 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7192 */
7193 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7194 'Statistics' => [ 'SiteStatsUpdate', 'cacheUpdate' ]
7195 ];
7196
7197 /**
7198 * Hooks that are used for outputting exceptions. Format is:
7199 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = $funcname
7200 * or:
7201 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = array( $class, $funcname )
7202 * Hooks should return strings or false
7203 */
7204 $wgExceptionHooks = [];
7205
7206 /**
7207 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7208 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7209 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7210 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7211 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7212 */
7213 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7214 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7215 ];
7216
7217 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7218
7219 /*************************************************************************//**
7220 * @name Categories
7221 * @{
7222 */
7223
7224 /**
7225 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7226 */
7227 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7228
7229 /**
7230 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7231 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7232 */
7233 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7234
7235 /**
7236 * Paging limit for categories
7237 */
7238 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7239
7240 /**
7241 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7242 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7243 *
7244 * Available values are:
7245 *
7246 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7247 *
7248 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7249 *
7250 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7251 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7252 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7253 *
7254 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7255 * installed. See http://php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7256 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7257 * server.
7258 *
7259 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7260 * the sort keys in the database.
7261 *
7262 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7263 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7264 */
7265 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7266
7267 /** @} */ # End categories }
7268
7269 /*************************************************************************//**
7270 * @name Logging
7271 * @{
7272 */
7273
7274 /**
7275 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7276 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7277 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7278 * log type.
7279 */
7280 $wgLogTypes = [
7281 '',
7282 'block',
7283 'protect',
7284 'rights',
7285 'delete',
7286 'upload',
7287 'move',
7288 'import',
7289 'patrol',
7290 'merge',
7291 'suppress',
7292 'tag',
7293 'managetags',
7294 'contentmodel',
7295 ];
7296
7297 /**
7298 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7299 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7300 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7301 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7302 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7303 */
7304 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7305 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7306 ];
7307
7308 /**
7309 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7310 *
7311 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7312 *
7313 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7314 *
7315 * @par Example:
7316 * @code
7317 * $wgFilterLogTypes = array(
7318 * 'move' => true,
7319 * 'import' => false,
7320 * );
7321 * @endcode
7322 *
7323 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7324 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7325 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7326 *
7327 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7328 * for the link text.
7329 */
7330 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7331 'patrol' => true,
7332 'tag' => true,
7333 ];
7334
7335 /**
7336 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7337 * will be listed in the user interface.
7338 *
7339 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7340 *
7341 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7342 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7343 */
7344 $wgLogNames = [
7345 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7346 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7347 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7348 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7349 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7350 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7351 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7352 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7353 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7354 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7355 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7356 ];
7357
7358 /**
7359 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7360 * top of each log type.
7361 *
7362 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7363 *
7364 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7365 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7366 */
7367 $wgLogHeaders = [
7368 '' => 'alllogstext',
7369 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7370 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7371 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7372 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7373 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7374 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7375 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7376 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7377 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7378 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7379 ];
7380
7381 /**
7382 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7383 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7384 *
7385 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7386 */
7387 $wgLogActions = [];
7388
7389 /**
7390 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7391 * not messages.
7392 * @see LogPage::actionText
7393 * @see LogFormatter
7394 */
7395 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7396 'block/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7397 'block/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7398 'block/unblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7399 'contentmodel/change' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7400 'contentmodel/new' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7401 'delete/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7402 'delete/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7403 'delete/restore' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7404 'delete/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7405 'import/interwiki' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7406 'import/upload' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7407 'managetags/activate' => 'LogFormatter',
7408 'managetags/create' => 'LogFormatter',
7409 'managetags/deactivate' => 'LogFormatter',
7410 'managetags/delete' => 'LogFormatter',
7411 'merge/merge' => 'MergeLogFormatter',
7412 'move/move' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7413 'move/move_redir' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7414 'patrol/patrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7415 'patrol/autopatrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7416 'protect/modify' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7417 'protect/move_prot' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7418 'protect/protect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7419 'protect/unprotect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7420 'rights/autopromote' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7421 'rights/rights' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7422 'suppress/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7423 'suppress/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7424 'suppress/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7425 'suppress/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7426 'suppress/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7427 'tag/update' => 'TagLogFormatter',
7428 'upload/overwrite' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7429 'upload/revert' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7430 'upload/upload' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7431 ];
7432
7433 /**
7434 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7435 *
7436 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7437 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7438 * Extensions may append to this array
7439 * @since 1.27
7440 */
7441 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7442 'block' => [
7443 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7444 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7445 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7446 ],
7447 'contentmodel' => [
7448 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7449 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7450 ],
7451 'delete' => [
7452 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7453 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7454 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7455 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7456 ],
7457 'import' => [
7458 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7459 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7460 ],
7461 'managetags' => [
7462 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7463 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7464 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7465 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7466 ],
7467 'move' => [
7468 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7469 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7470 ],
7471 'newusers' => [
7472 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7473 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7474 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7475 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7476 ],
7477 'patrol' => [
7478 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7479 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7480 ],
7481 'protect' => [
7482 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7483 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7484 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7485 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7486 ],
7487 'rights' => [
7488 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7489 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7490 ],
7491 'suppress' => [
7492 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7493 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7494 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7495 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7496 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7497 ],
7498 'upload' => [
7499 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7500 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7501 ],
7502 ];
7503
7504 /**
7505 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7506 */
7507 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7508
7509 /** @} */ # end logging }
7510
7511 /*************************************************************************//**
7512 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7513 * @{
7514 */
7515
7516 /**
7517 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7518 */
7519 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7520
7521 /**
7522 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7523 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7524 */
7525 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7526
7527 /**
7528 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7529 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7530 */
7531 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7532
7533 /**
7534 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7535 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7536 */
7537 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7538
7539 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7540
7541 /*************************************************************************//**
7542 * @name Actions
7543 * @{
7544 */
7545
7546 /**
7547 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7548 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7549 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7550 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7551 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7552 * instead of the default class.
7553 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7554 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7555 */
7556 $wgActions = [
7557 'credits' => true,
7558 'delete' => true,
7559 'edit' => true,
7560 'editchangetags' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7561 'history' => true,
7562 'info' => true,
7563 'markpatrolled' => true,
7564 'protect' => true,
7565 'purge' => true,
7566 'raw' => true,
7567 'render' => true,
7568 'revert' => true,
7569 'revisiondelete' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7570 'rollback' => true,
7571 'submit' => true,
7572 'unprotect' => true,
7573 'unwatch' => true,
7574 'view' => true,
7575 'watch' => true,
7576 ];
7577
7578 /** @} */ # end actions }
7579
7580 /*************************************************************************//**
7581 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7582 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7583 * @{
7584 */
7585
7586 /**
7587 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7588 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7589 * basis.
7590 */
7591 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7592
7593 /**
7594 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7595 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7596 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7597 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7598 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7599 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7600 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7601 *
7602 * @par Example:
7603 * @code
7604 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = array( NS_TALK => 'noindex' );
7605 * @endcode
7606 */
7607 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7608
7609 /**
7610 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7611 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7612 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7613 *
7614 * @par Example:
7615 * @code
7616 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = array(
7617 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7618 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
7619 * );
7620 * @endcode
7621 *
7622 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
7623 * forms:
7624 * @code
7625 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = array(
7626 * # Underscore, not space!
7627 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7628 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
7629 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
7630 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
7631 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
7632 * );
7633 * @endcode
7634 */
7635 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
7636
7637 /**
7638 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
7639 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
7640 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
7641 *
7642 * @par Example:
7643 * @code
7644 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = array( NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT );
7645 * @endcode
7646 */
7647 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
7648
7649 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
7650
7651 /************************************************************************//**
7652 * @name AJAX and API
7653 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
7654 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
7655 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
7656 * @{
7657 */
7658
7659 /**
7660 * Enable the MediaWiki API for convenient access to
7661 * machine-readable data via api.php
7662 *
7663 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/API
7664 */
7665 $wgEnableAPI = true;
7666
7667 /**
7668 * Allow the API to be used to perform write operations
7669 * (page edits, rollback, etc.) when an authorised user
7670 * accesses it
7671 */
7672 $wgEnableWriteAPI = true;
7673
7674 /**
7675 *
7676 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
7677 *
7678 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
7679 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
7680 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
7681 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
7682 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
7683 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
7684 * requiring POST.
7685 *
7686 * @since 1.21
7687 */
7688 $wgDebugAPI = false;
7689
7690 /**
7691 * API module extensions.
7692 *
7693 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
7694 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
7695 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
7696 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
7697 *
7698 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
7699 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
7700 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
7701 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
7702 * field.
7703 *
7704 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
7705 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
7706 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
7707 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
7708 *
7709 * Examples for registering API modules:
7710 *
7711 * @code
7712 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
7713 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = array(
7714 * 'class' => 'ApiBar',
7715 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
7716 * );
7717 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = array(
7718 * 'class' => 'ApiXyzzy',
7719 * 'factory' => array( 'XyzzyFactory', 'newApiModule' )
7720 * );
7721 * @endcode
7722 *
7723 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7724 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
7725 */
7726 $wgAPIModules = [];
7727
7728 /**
7729 * API format module extensions.
7730 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7731 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7732 *
7733 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
7734 */
7735 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
7736
7737 /**
7738 * API Query meta module extensions.
7739 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7740 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7741 *
7742 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
7743 */
7744 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
7745
7746 /**
7747 * API Query prop module extensions.
7748 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7749 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7750 *
7751 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
7752 */
7753 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
7754
7755 /**
7756 * API Query list module extensions.
7757 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7758 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7759 *
7760 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
7761 */
7762 $wgAPIListModules = [];
7763
7764 /**
7765 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
7766 * The default value is generally fine
7767 */
7768 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
7769
7770 /**
7771 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
7772 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
7773 */
7774 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
7775
7776 /**
7777 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
7778 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
7779 */
7780 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
7781
7782 /**
7783 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB slaves to tolerate
7784 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
7785 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
7786 */
7787 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
7788
7789 /**
7790 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
7791 * API request logging
7792 */
7793 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
7794
7795 /**
7796 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
7797 */
7798 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
7799
7800 /**
7801 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
7802 * API queries.
7803 */
7804 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
7805 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
7806 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
7807 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
7808 ];
7809
7810 /**
7811 * Enable AJAX framework
7812 */
7813 $wgUseAjax = true;
7814
7815 /**
7816 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
7817 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
7818 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
7819 */
7820 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
7821
7822 /**
7823 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
7824 */
7825 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
7826
7827 /**
7828 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX. Also requires $wgEnableAPI to be true.
7829 */
7830 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
7831
7832 /**
7833 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
7834 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
7835 */
7836 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
7837
7838 /**
7839 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
7840 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
7841 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
7842 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
7843 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
7844 *
7845 * - '*' matches any number of characters
7846 * - '?' matches any 1 character
7847 *
7848 * @par Example:
7849 * @code
7850 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = array(
7851 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
7852 * '*.wikipedia.org',
7853 * '*.wikimedia.org',
7854 * '*.wiktionary.org',
7855 * );
7856 * @endcode
7857 */
7858 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
7859
7860 /**
7861 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
7862 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
7863 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
7864 */
7865 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
7866
7867 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
7868
7869 /************************************************************************//**
7870 * @name Shell and process control
7871 * @{
7872 */
7873
7874 /**
7875 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
7876 */
7877 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
7878
7879 /**
7880 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
7881 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
7882 */
7883 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
7884
7885 /**
7886 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
7887 */
7888 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
7889
7890 /**
7891 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
7892 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
7893 */
7894 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
7895
7896 /**
7897 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
7898 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
7899 *
7900 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
7901 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
7902 * them segfault or deadlock.
7903 *
7904 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
7905 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
7906 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
7907 *
7908 * @par Example:
7909 * @code
7910 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
7911 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
7912 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
7913 * @endcode
7914 *
7915 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
7916 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
7917 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
7918 */
7919 $wgShellCgroup = false;
7920
7921 /**
7922 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary (php/php5). Should be set up on install.
7923 */
7924 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
7925
7926 /**
7927 * Locale for LC_CTYPE, to work around http://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
7928 * For Unix-like operating systems, set this to to a locale that has a UTF-8
7929 * character set. Only the character set is relevant.
7930 */
7931 $wgShellLocale = 'en_US.utf8';
7932
7933 /** @} */ # End shell }
7934
7935 /************************************************************************//**
7936 * @name HTTP client
7937 * @{
7938 */
7939
7940 /**
7941 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
7942 */
7943 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
7944
7945 /**
7946 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
7947 */
7948 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
7949
7950 /**
7951 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
7952 */
7953 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
7954
7955 /**
7956 * Local virtual hosts.
7957 *
7958 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
7959 * If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any subdomain thereof,
7960 * then no proxy will be used.
7961 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
7962 * proxy if it is configured.
7963 * @since 1.25
7964 */
7965 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
7966
7967 /**
7968 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
7969 * Only works for curl
7970 */
7971 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
7972
7973 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
7974
7975 /************************************************************************//**
7976 * @name Job queue
7977 * @{
7978 */
7979
7980 /**
7981 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
7982 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
7983 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
7984 * be run periodically.
7985 */
7986 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
7987
7988 /**
7989 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
7990 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
7991 * execution finishes.
7992 * @since 1.23
7993 */
7994 $wgRunJobsAsync = true;
7995
7996 /**
7997 * Number of rows to update per job
7998 */
7999 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8000
8001 /**
8002 * Number of rows to update per query
8003 */
8004 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8005
8006 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8007
8008 /************************************************************************//**
8009 * @name Miscellaneous
8010 * @{
8011 */
8012
8013 /**
8014 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8015 * * false: default PHP implementation
8016 * * 'wikidiff2': Wikimedia's fast difference engine implemented as a PHP/HHVM module
8017 * * 'wikidiff' and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8018 * * any other string is treated as a path to external diff executable
8019 */
8020 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8021
8022 /**
8023 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8024 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8025 *
8026 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8027 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8028 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8029 */
8030 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8031
8032 /**
8033 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8034 * For debugging
8035 */
8036 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8037
8038 /**
8039 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8040 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8041 */
8042 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8043
8044 /**
8045 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8046 */
8047 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8048
8049 /**
8050 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8051 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8052 */
8053 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8054
8055 /**
8056 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8057 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8058 */
8059 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8060
8061 /**
8062 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8063 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8064 *
8065 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8066 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8067 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8068 * parameters.
8069 *
8070 * @par Example:
8071 * @code
8072 * $wgPoolCounterConf = array( 'ArticleView' => array(
8073 * 'class' => 'PoolCounter_Client',
8074 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8075 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8076 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8077 * ... any extension-specific options...
8078 * );
8079 * @endcode
8080 */
8081 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8082
8083 /**
8084 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8085 */
8086 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8087
8088 /**
8089 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8090 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8091 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8092 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8093 *
8094 * @since 1.21
8095 */
8096 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8097
8098 /**
8099 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8100 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8101 *
8102 * * 'ignore': return null
8103 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8104 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8105 *
8106 * @since 1.21
8107 */
8108 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8109
8110 /**
8111 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8112 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8113 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8114 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8115 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8116 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8117 *
8118 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8119 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8120 *
8121 * @since 1.21
8122 */
8123 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8124
8125 /**
8126 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8127 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8128 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8129 *
8130 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8131 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8132 *
8133 * @since 1.21
8134 */
8135 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8136 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8137 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8138 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8139 ];
8140
8141 /**
8142 * Whether the user must enter their password to change their e-mail address
8143 *
8144 * @since 1.20
8145 */
8146 $wgRequirePasswordforEmailChange = true;
8147
8148 /**
8149 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8150 *
8151 * @since 1.20
8152 */
8153 $wgSiteTypes = [
8154 'mediawiki' => 'MediaWikiSite',
8155 ];
8156
8157 /**
8158 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8159 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8160 * @since 1.23
8161 */
8162 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8163
8164 /**
8165 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8166 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8167 * @see bug 65184
8168 * @since 1.24
8169 */
8170 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8171
8172 /**
8173 * Secret for session storage.
8174 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8175 * be used.
8176 * @since 1.27
8177 */
8178 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8179
8180 /**
8181 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8182 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8183 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8184 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8185 * @since 1.27
8186 */
8187 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8188
8189 /**
8190 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8191 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8192 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8193 * be used.
8194 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8195 * @since 1.24
8196 */
8197 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8198
8199 /**
8200 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8201 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8202 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8203 * @since 1.24
8204 */
8205 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8206
8207 /**
8208 * Enable page language feature
8209 * Allows setting page language in database
8210 * @var bool
8211 * @since 1.24
8212 */
8213 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8214
8215 /**
8216 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8217 * Parameters for different services are to be declared inside
8218 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules'], which is to be treated as an associative
8219 * array. Global parameters will be merged with service-specific ones. The
8220 * result will then be passed to VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the
8221 * module.
8222 *
8223 * Example config for Parsoid:
8224 *
8225 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = array(
8226 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8227 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8228 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8229 * );
8230 *
8231 * @var array
8232 * @since 1.25
8233 */
8234 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8235 'modules' => [],
8236 'global' => [
8237 # Timeout in seconds
8238 'timeout' => 360,
8239 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8240 'forwardCookies' => false,
8241 'HTTPProxy' => null
8242 ]
8243 ];
8244
8245 /**
8246 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8247 * these suggestions.
8248 *
8249 * @var bool
8250 * @since 1.26
8251 */
8252 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8253
8254 /**
8255 * Where popular password file is located.
8256 *
8257 * Default in core contains 50,000 most popular. This config
8258 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8259 * a password file with > 50000 entries in it.
8260 *
8261 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8262 * @since 1.27
8263 * @var string path to file
8264 */
8265 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8266
8267 /*
8268 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8269 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8270 *
8271 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8272 * @since 1.27
8273 */
8274 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8275
8276 /**
8277 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8278 *
8279 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8280 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8281 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8282 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8283 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8284 *
8285 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8286 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8287 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8288 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8289 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8290 *
8291 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8292 *
8293 * @since 1.27
8294 */
8295 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8296 'default' => [
8297 'class' => 'EventRelayerNull',
8298 ]
8299 ];
8300
8301 /**
8302 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8303 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8304 * @}
8305 */